Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

epic+of+creation

  • 1 Eridu Genesis (In Mesopotamian religious literature, ancient Sumerian epic primarily concerned with the creation of the world, the building of cities, and the flood)

    Религия: религиозный эпос "Рождение Эриду"

    Универсальный англо-русский словарь > Eridu Genesis (In Mesopotamian religious literature, ancient Sumerian epic primarily concerned with the creation of the world, the building of cities, and the flood)

  • 2 ζωογονήσει

    ζωογόνησις
    creation of life: fem nom /voc /acc dual (attic epic)
    ζωογονήσεϊ, ζωογόνησις
    creation of life: fem dat sg (epic)
    ζωογόνησις
    creation of life: fem dat sg (attic ionic)
    ζωογονέω
    propagate: aor subj act 3rd sg (epic)
    ζωογονέω
    propagate: fut ind mid 2nd sg
    ζωογονέω
    propagate: fut ind act 3rd sg
    ——————
    ζῳογονέω
    aor subj act 3rd sg (epic)
    ζῳογονέω
    fut ind mid 2nd sg
    ζῳογονέω
    fut ind act 3rd sg

    Morphologia Graeca > ζωογονήσει

  • 3 सर्ग


    sárga
    m. (ifc. f. ā;

    fr. sṛij) letting go, discharging, voiding (as excrement) MBh. R. ;
    starting (a race-horse), racing RV. ;
    a herd let loose from a stable, any troop orﾠ host orﾠ swarm orﾠ multitude ib. Rājat. ;
    a draught of air, gust of wind RV. ;
    a stream, gush, rush, downpour (of any fluid;
    acc. with kṛi, « to cast orﾠ strike down» RV.);
    a dart, shot ib. ;
    emission orﾠ creation of matter, primary creation (as opp. to pratisarga « secondary creation»), creation of the world (as opp. to its pralaya « dissolution», andﾠ sthiti, « maintenance in existence» ;
    9 different creations are enumerated in BhP. III, 10, 13 ;
    āsargāt, « from the creation orﾠ beginning of the world» ;
    sarge « in the created world») Up. Mn. MBh. etc.;
    a created being, creature (with daiva « a divine creation», « a god») Ragh. ;
    begetting, procreation MBh. ;
    origin BhP. ;
    offspring, a child ib. ;
    nature, natural property, disposition, tendency Bhag. V, 19 ;
    effort, exertion, resolution, eesolve, will Ragh. Ṡiṡ. ;
    a section, chapter, book, canto (esp. in an epic poem);
    assent, agreement L. ;
    fainting (= moha) L. ;
    implement of war MBh. XI, 2165 (Nīlak.) ;
    = visarga, the aspiration at the end of a word Cat. ;
    N. of Ṡiva MBh. ;
    of a son of Rudra Pur. ;
    - सर्गकर्तृ
    - सर्गकालीन
    - सर्गकृत्
    - सर्गक्रम
    - सर्गतक्त
    - सर्गप्रतक्त
    - सर्गप्रलयकण्टकोद्धार
    - सर्गबन्ध

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सर्ग

  • 4 de

    prep.
    1 of.
    el coche de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' car
    es de ella it's hers
    la pata de la mesa the table leg
    La casa de mi padre The house of my father [My father's house]
    2 from (procedencia, distancia).
    salir de casa to leave home
    soy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbao
    de la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 meters from the beach to the apartment
    3 (made) of (materia).
    un vaso de plástico a plastic cup
    un reloj de oro a gold watch
    4 about (asunto).
    hablábamos de ti we were talking about you
    libros de historia history books
    5 as.
    trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman
    trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to five
    de madrugada early in the morning
    a las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoon
    trabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day
    7 with (causa, modo).
    morirse de hambre to die of hunger
    llorar de alegría to cry with joy
    de una patada with a kick
    de una sola vez in one go
    de tres en tres three at a time
    8 if.
    de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sunday
    de no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it
    9 to.
    Está ansiosa de obtener ese trabajo She is anxious to have that job.
    f.
    1 letter d.
    2 SD, standard deviation.
    3 ED, dose of erythema, erythema dose.
    * * *
    de
    ————————
    de
    1 (posesión, pertenencia) of
    2 (procedencia, origen) from
    ■ la niña de ojos castaños the girl with dark eyes, the dark-eyed girl
    4 (tema) of, on, about
    5 (materia) made of, of
    7 (uso) for
    8 (oficio) by, as
    9 (modo) on, in, as
    10 (tiempo) at, by, in
    ■ de día by day, during the day
    12 (precio) at
    13 (medida) measuring
    14 (causa) with, because of, of
    15 (agente) by
    * * *
    prep.
    1) of
    2) from
    3) in, at
    4) than
    5) by
    * * *
    PREPOSITION
    1) [relación] of

    la carretera de Valencia — the Valencia road, the road to Valencia

    2) [pertenencia]

    la señora de Pérez — Pérez's wife, Mrs Pérez

    3) [característica, material]

    este modelo es de electricidad — this model uses electricity, this is an electric model

    4) [contenido]

    una copa de vino — [llena] a glass of wine; [vacía] a wine glass

    5) [origen, distancia, espacio temporal] from

    los de Madrid son los mejores — the ones from Madrid are the best, the Madrid ones are the best

    de... a...
    6) [causa]
    7) [manera]
    de... en...
    8) (=respecto de)

    estar mejor de salud — to be in better health, be better

    9) [tema] about

    un libro de biología — a biology book, a book on o about biology

    10) [uso]
    11) [cantidad, medida, valor]
    12) [con horas y fechas]

    a las siete de la mañana — at seven o'clock in the morning, at seven a.m.

    son las dos de la tarde — it's two o'clock in the afternoon, it's two p.m.

    el 3 de mayo — 3 May ( leído May the third {o}2} the third of May)

    13) [tiempo]
    14) [proporción]
    15) [uso partitivo] of

    ¡había una de gente! — * there were loads of people there! *

    16) [autoría] by

    un libro de Cela — a book by Cela, a book of Cela's

    17) [como complemento agente] by

    el rey entró seguido de su séquito — the king entered, followed by his entourage

    18) [en aposición a sustantivos o adjetivos]

    el bueno/pobre de Pedro — good/poor old Pedro

    19) [en comparaciones] than

    más/menos de siete — more/less than seven

    más de 500 personas — more than o over 500 people

    20) [con superlativos] in

    el más caro de la tienda/mundo — the most expensive in the shop/world

    21) + infin
    ser de ({+ infin}8})
    22) [dependiente de formas verbales]

    de esto se deduce que... — from this it can be deduced that...

    ¿qué esperabas de él? — what did you expect from him?

    23) [uso condicional] if

    de haberlo sabido no habría venido — if I had known, I wouldn't have come

    de no ser así — if it were not so, were it not so

    de no — LAm (=si no) otherwise

    * * *
    I
    1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)

    la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house

    no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs

    su padre de usted — (frml) your father

    es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family

    2)
    [de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]

    Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena

    los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz

    las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)

    ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)

    3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) from

    es de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá

    de... a... — from... to...

    4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)

    una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection

    5) (expresando causa, modo)

    de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time

    de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one

    6)
    a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)

    ¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?

    la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat

    de niño — as a o when he was a child

    7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)

    ¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?

    8)
    a) (al definir, especificar)

    ¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?

    es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce

    ¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?

    lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!

    qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!

    10)

    pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

    cuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100

    un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29

    12) ( en calidad de) as
    13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)

    estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party

    a)

    de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered

    b)

    ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)

    es de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...

    II
    * * *
    = across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.
    Ex. This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.
    Ex. The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.
    Ex. These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.
    Ex. Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.
    Ex. However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.
    Ex. From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.
    Ex. The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.
    ----
    * abogado de oficio = legal aid.
    * actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.
    * alabanza de boquilla = lip service.
    * alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.
    * autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].
    * cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.
    * comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.
    * de... a = through.
    * de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.
    * de abolengo = well-born.
    * de abordo = in-flight.
    * de absorción = absorptive.
    * de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.
    * de acceso público = publicly accessible.
    * de acceso rápido = fast-access.
    * de acceso restringido = closed access.
    * de acción = action-centered.
    * de acompañante = in tow.
    * de actitud = attitudinal.
    * de actuación = for action.
    * de actualidad = topical.
    * de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.
    * de acuerdo a = according to.
    * de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.
    * de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.
    * de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.
    * de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.
    * de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.
    * de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.
    * de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.
    * de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.
    * de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.
    * de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * de adaptación = adaptive.
    * de †frica = African.
    * de Africa occidental = West African.
    * de agua = water-based.
    * de aguas profundas = deep-sea.
    * de ahí = therefrom.
    * de ahí que = hence.
    * de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.
    * de Alaska = Alaskan.
    * de Albania = Albanian.
    * de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * de alcohol = spirit-based.
    * de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.
    * de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.
    * de alguna otra forma = in any other way.
    * de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.
    * de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.
    * de algún modo u otro = of some sort.
    * de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.
    * de algún tipo = of some description.
    * de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.
    * de alta alcurnia = well-born.
    * de alta cuna = well-born.
    * de alta densidad = high-density.
    * de alta energía = high energy.
    * de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.
    * de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.
    * de alta potencia = high power.
    * de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.
    * de alta productividad = high-performance.
    * de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.
    * de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.
    * de alta tensión = heavy-current.
    * de alta velocidad = high-speed.
    * de alto abolengo = well-born.
    * de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.
    * de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.
    * de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.
    * de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.
    * de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.
    * de alto voltaje = high-voltage.
    * de altura = high, top-notch.
    * de altura regulable = height-adjustable.
    * de aluvión = alluvial.
    * de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].
    * de amplio alcance = broad in scope.
    * de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.
    * de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.
    * de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].
    * de antigua generación = low-end.
    * de antiguo = from time immemorial.
    * de apariencia = cosmetic.
    * de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.
    * de aplicación específica = special-purpose.
    * de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.
    * de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.
    * de apoyo = enabling, supportive.
    * de aprovechamiento = exploitative.
    * de aquel entonces = of that day.
    * de aquí para allá = back and forth.
    * de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.
    * de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.
    * de archivo = archival, archive.
    * de armas tomar = redoubtable.
    * de arranque = bootable.
    * de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.
    * de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.
    * de asesoramiento = consultative.
    * de aspecto = looking.
    * de aspecto antiguo = old-face.
    * de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.
    * de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.
    * de aspecto digno = dignified.
    * de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.
    * de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.
    * de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.
    * de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.
    * de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.
    * de aspecto solemne = dignified.
    * de atención básica = preattentive.
    * de atención primaria = preattentive.
    * de atrás = rear.
    * de atrás para adelante = back and forth.
    * de aupa = royal.
    * de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.
    * de autogestión = self-managing.
    * de autoprotección = self-protective.
    * de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.
    * de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].
    * de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].
    * de baja ralea = ignoble.
    * de bajísima calidad = shoddy.
    * de bajo consumo = low energy.
    * de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.
    * de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.
    * de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.
    * de bajo precio = low-priced.
    * de bajo riesgo = low-risk.
    * de balde = for free.
    * de barrio = neighbourhood-based.
    * de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].
    * de bienvenida = salutatory.
    * de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.
    * de bodas = bridal.
    * de Boole = Boolean.
    * de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.
    * de broma = humorously, teasingly.
    * de bronce = brass.
    * de buena calidad = good-quality.
    * de buena disposición = good-natured.
    * de buena fama = of good repute.
    * de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.
    * de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.
    * de buena reputación = of good repute.
    * de buenas = on good terms.
    * de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.
    * de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].
    * de buena voluntad = in good faith.
    * de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.
    * de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.
    * de buen gusto = tasteful.
    * de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.
    * de buenos modales = well-mannered.
    * de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].
    * de buen ver = good looking.
    * de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.
    * de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.
    * de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * de cachondeo = teasingly.
    * de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].
    * de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.
    * de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.
    * de cajón = no-brainer.
    * de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.
    * de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.
    * de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.
    * de camino = on the way, while we're at it.
    * de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.
    * de campo = free-range.
    * de campos fijos = fixed-field.
    * de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].
    * de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.
    * de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.
    * de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.
    * de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.
    * de carácter = in character.
    * de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.
    * de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].
    * de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.
    * de castigo = punitive.
    * de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.
    * de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.
    * de cerámica = ceramic.
    * de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.
    * de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.
    * de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.
    * de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].
    * de cinco días de duración = five-day.
    * de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].
    * de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.
    * de civil = in plain clothes.
    * de clasificación = classificatory.
    * de clausura = cloistered.
    * de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.
    * de cobre = cupric.
    * de cojones = badass.
    * de colegas = collegial, buddying.
    * de Colombia = Colombian.
    * de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.
    * de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.
    * de color de bronce = brassy.
    * de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].
    * de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].
    * de colorines = brightly coloured.
    * de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.
    * de color rojo = red-coloured.
    * de color rosa = rose-coloured.
    * de color verde botella = bottle green.
    * de color verde oscuro = bottle green.
    * de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.
    * de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.
    * de cómo = as to how.
    * de compañeros = collegial.
    * de complicidad = knowing.
    * de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].
    * de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.
    * de conceptos = concept-based.
    * de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.
    * de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].
    * de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.
    * de confirmación = confirmatory.
    * de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.
    * de conformidad con eso = accordingly.
    * de conífera = coniferous.
    * de construcción básica = brick and frame.
    * de construcción sólida = solidly-built.
    * de consulta fácil = scannable.
    * de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.
    * de consumo = consumptive.
    * de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.
    * de contrabando = bootleg.
    * de contrapunto = contrapuntal.
    * de Corea = Korean.
    * de Corea del Sur = South Korean.
    * de corral = free-range.
    * de corta duración = short term [short-term].
    * de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.
    * de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].
    * de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.
    * de coste cero = zero-cost.
    * de costumbre = usual, usually.
    * de creación = authorial.
    * de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.
    * de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.
    * de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.
    * de cría intensiva = battery-caged.
    * de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.
    * de Crimea = Crimean.
    * de cristal = glass.
    * de crucial importancia = crucially important.
    * de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.
    * de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.
    * de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].
    * de cualquier modo = however, either way.
    * de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.
    * de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.
    * de cuatro días de duración = four-day.
    * de cuatro estrellas = four-star.
    * de Cuba = Cuban.
    * de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.
    * de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.
    * de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.
    * de densidad doble = double-density.
    * de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.
    * de derechas = right-wing.
    * de derecho = de jure [iure].
    * de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.
    * de desarrollo = developmental.
    * de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.
    * de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.
    * de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.
    * de desconexión = cut-off.
    * de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.
    * de desecho = discarded.
    * de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].
    * de desguace = written-off.
    * de despedida = valedictory.
    * de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.
    * de día a día = from day to day.
    * de diámetro = in diameter.
    * de diario = everyday.
    * de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.
    * de diesel = diesel-powered.
    * de diferente modo = differently.
    * de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].
    * de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].
    * de difícil solución = intractable.
    * de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.
    * de dirección = directorial, administrative.
    * de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.
    * de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.
    * de doble filo = double-edged.
    * de doble hoja = double-hinged.
    * de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.
    * de doble uso = dual-use.
    * de dolor = in pain.
    * de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].
    * de donde = whence, whence, from whence.
    * ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.
    * de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.
    * de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].
    * de dos en dos = two at a time.
    * de dos letras = two-letter.
    * de dos niveles = two-tier.
    * de dos páginas = two-page.
    * de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].
    * de dos patas = two-legged.
    * de dos piernas = two-legged.
    * de dos pies = two-legged.
    * de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].
    * de dos tonalidades = bitonal.
    * de dos tonos = bitonal.
    * de dos volúmenes = two-volume.
    * de duelo = in mourning.
    * de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].
    * de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.
    * de edad = elderly.
    * de edad avanzada = over the hill.
    * de edad escolar = school-age.
    * de edad mediana = middle-aged.
    * de edad universitaria = college-age.
    * de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.
    * de ello = thereof, therefrom.
    * de ellos = theirs.
    * de embalsamar = embalming.
    * de emisor a receptor = downstream.
    * de encaje = lacy.
    * de enmienda = amendatory.
    * de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.
    * de entonces = of the day.
    * de entreguerras = interwar.
    * de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.
    * de entretenimiento = recreational.
    * de envergadura = heavy lifting.
    * de época = vintage.
    * de epopeya = epic.
    * de esa época = of the period.
    * de escándalo = outrageous.
    * de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.
    * de eso = thereof.
    * de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.
    * de especial importancia = of particular note.
    * de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.
    * de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.
    * de espíritu libre = free-spirited.
    * de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.
    * de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.
    * de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.
    * de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.
    * de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.
    * de Estonia = Estonian.
    * de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.
    * de estructura de acero = steel-framed.
    * de estructura de madera = timber-framed.
    * de Europa del Este = Eastern European.
    * de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.
    * de evaluación = evaluative.
    * de éxito = successful.
    * de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].
    * de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].
    * de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].
    * de expansión = expanded.
    * de explotación = exploitative.
    * de extensión = in length.
    * de extensión normal = standard-length.
    * de extremada urgencia = serious.
    * de fabricación casera = homemade.
    * de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.
    * de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.
    * de fácil manejo = liftable.
    * de facto = de facto.
    * de fama = of note.
    * de fama internacional = of international renown.
    * de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.
    * de felpa = plush.
    * de fiar = legit.
    * de fichas = card-based.
    * de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.
    * de final de año = end-year.
    * de final de mes = end-of-the-month.
    * de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.
    * de fin de año = end of the year.
    * de fin de milenio = millennial.
    * de forma = in form.
    * de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.
    * de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.
    * de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.
    * de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.
    * de forma alternativa = alternatively.
    * de forma anónima = anonymously.
    * de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.
    * de forma apreciable = markedly.
    * de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.
    * de forma audible = audibly.
    * de forma autónoma = autonomously.
    * de forma caprichosa = capriciously.
    * de formación = formative.
    * de forma clara = clearly.
    * de forma cognitiva = cognitively.
    * de forma colegiada = collegially.
    * de forma combinada = in combination.
    * de forma competitiva = competitively.
    * de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.
    * de forma completa = in full.
    * de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.
    * de forma concisa = concisely.
    * de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.
    * de forma considerable = considerably.
    * de forma continuada = continuously.
    * de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.
    * de forma deductiva = deductively.
    * de forma desastrosa = disastrously.
    * de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.
    * de forma diferente = differently shaped.
    * de forma digital = digitally.
    * de forma divertida = funnily.
    * de forma económica = cost-effectively.
    * de forma errática = erratically.
    * de forma escandalosa = outrageously.
    * de forma especulativa = speculatively.
    * de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.
    * de forma exquisita = exquisitely.
    * de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.
    * de forma federal = federally.
    * de forma general = widely, bulk.
    * de forma global = holistically.
    * de forma graciosa = funnily.
    * de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.
    * de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.
    * de forma grotesca = grotesquely.
    * de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].
    * de forma heurística = heuristically.
    * de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.
    * de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.
    * de forma indirecta = circuitous route.
    * de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.
    * de forma innata = innately.
    * de forma irregular = erratically.
    * de forma lamentable = miserably.
    * de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.
    * de forma mágica = magically.
    * de forma mecánica = mechanically.
    * de forma mordaz = pungently.
    * de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.
    * de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.
    * de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.
    * de forma negativa = in a negative light.
    * de forma neutral = neutrally.
    * de forma notoria = markedly.
    * de forma opcional = optionally.
    * de forma óptima = optimally.
    * de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.
    * de forma poco ética = unethically.
    * de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.
    * de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.
    * de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.
    * de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.
    * de forma práctica = pragmatically.
    * de forma precisa = precisely.
    * de forma provocativa = provocatively.
    * de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.
    * de forma que = in ways that.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * de forma rara = oddly, funnily.
    * de forma recíproca = reciprocally.
    * de forma rentable = cost-effectively.
    * de forma residual = residually.
    * de forma ridícula = grotesquely.
    * de forma saludable = healthily.
    * de forma sana = healthily.
    * de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.
    * de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.
    * de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.
    * de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.
    * de forma sublime = subliminally.
    * de forma suscinta = in brief.
    * de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.
    * de forma tosca = in crude form.
    * de forma trágica = tragically.
    * de fotograma completo = full-frame.
    * de fotograma doble = half-frame.
    * de frente = head-on, frontal.
    * de fuera = outside, off-side.
    * de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.
    * de fuerza = forceful.
    * de funcionamiento = operating, operational.
    * de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.
    * de gala = gala.
    * de Galileo = Galilean.
    * de Gambia = Gambian.
    * de gas = gas-powered.
    * de generación a generación = from generation to generation.
    * de generación en generación = from generation to generation.
    * de geofísica = geophysical.
    * de gestión = managerial, back-office.
    * de gestión del museo = curatorial.
    * de Glasgow = Glaswegian.
    * de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.
    * de grado básico = junior grade.
    * de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.
    * de gran belleza = scenic.
    * de gran calibre = high-calibre.
    * de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.
    * de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.
    * de gran colorido = brightly coloured.
    * de gran corazón = big-hearted.
    * de gran efecto = wide-reaching.
    * de gran éxito comercial = high selling.
    * de gran formato = oversized, oversize.
    * de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].
    * de gran influencia = seminal.
    * de granja = free-range.
    * de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.
    * de gran lujo = top-class.
    * de gran potencia = high-powered.
    * de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.
    * de gran talento = talented.
    * de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.
    * de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.
    * de gran venta = high selling.
    * de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.
    * de guasa = teasingly.
    * de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.
    * de habla alemana = German-speaking.
    * de habla francesa = French-speaking.
    * de habla inglesa = English-speaking.
    * de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.
    * de hace años = of years ago.
    * de hace muchos años = long-standing.
    * de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.
    * de hace siglos = of yore.
    * de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.
    * de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.
    * de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.
    * de hierbas = herbal.
    * de hierro = iron, ferric.
    * de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.
    * de hoja caduca = deciduous.
    * de hoja perenne = evergreen.
    * de hojas largas = long-leaved.
    * de Homero = Homeric.
    * de hongos = fungal.
    * de horticultura = horticultural.
    * de hoy = present-day.
    * de hoy día = of today.
    * de hoy en adelante = as from today.
    * de hoy en día = of today.
    * de huelga = striking.
    * de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].
    * de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.
    * de ideas afines = like-minded.
    * de igual a igual = as a peer.
    * de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.
    * de igual longitud = of equal length.
    * de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).
    * de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.
    * de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).
    * de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.
    * de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.
    * de imitación = copycat.
    * de importancia = of note, of consequence.
    * de importancia creciente = of growing importance.
    * de importancia crucial = crucially important.
    * de importancia fundamental = critically important.
    * de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.
    * de incalculable valor = priceless.
    * de incógnito = incognito.
    * de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.
    * de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].
    * de inmediato = immediately.
    * de inspiración = inspirational.
    * de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.
    * de intereses similares = of like interest.
    * de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.
    * de interés humano = human interest.
    * de interés periodístico = newsworthy.
    * de investigación = exploratory.
    * de isótopos = isotopic.
    * de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.
    * de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].
    * de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.
    * de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.
    * de Kenia = Kenyan.
    * de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].
    * de la adolescencia = teenage.
    * de la alcaldía = mayoral.
    * de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.
    * de la cara = facial.
    * de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.
    * de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.
    * de la cóclea = cochlear.
    * de la columna vertebral = spinal.
    * de la comedia = comedic.
    * de la corteza = crustal, cortical.
    * de la cría de aves = avicultural.
    * de la duramadre = dural.
    * de la edad media = dark-age.
    * de la embajada = ambassadorial.
    * de la época = of the time(s), of the day.
    * de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.
    * de la época victoriana = Victorian.
    * de la espina dorsal = spinal.
    * de la extensión de un libro = book-length.
    * de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.
    * de la forma más difícil = the hard way.
    * de la forma más fácil = the easy way .
    * de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.
    * de la fóvea = foveal.
    * de la gama alta = high-end.
    * de la gama baja = low-end.
    * de la gama inferior = low-end.
    * de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].
    * de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].
    * de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].
    * de la malaria = malarial.
    * de la mama = mammary.
    * de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.
    * de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.
    * de la manera normal = in the normal manner.
    * de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.
    * de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.
    * de la marina = marine.
    * de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili.
    * * *
    I
    1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)

    la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house

    no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs

    su padre de usted — (frml) your father

    es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family

    2)
    [de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]

    Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena

    los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz

    las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)

    ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)

    3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) from

    es de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá

    de... a... — from... to...

    4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)

    una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection

    5) (expresando causa, modo)

    de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time

    de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one

    6)
    a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)

    ¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?

    la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat

    de niño — as a o when he was a child

    7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)

    ¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?

    8)
    a) (al definir, especificar)

    ¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?

    es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce

    ¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?

    lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!

    qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!

    10)

    pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

    cuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100

    un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29

    12) ( en calidad de) as
    13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)

    estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party

    a)

    de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered

    b)

    ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)

    es de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...

    II
    * * *
    = across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.

    Ex: This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.

    Ex: The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.
    Ex: These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.
    Ex: Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.
    Ex: However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.
    Ex: From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.
    Ex: The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.
    * abogado de oficio = legal aid.
    * actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.
    * alabanza de boquilla = lip service.
    * alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.
    * autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].
    * cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.
    * comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.
    * de... a = through.
    * de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.
    * de abolengo = well-born.
    * de abordo = in-flight.
    * de absorción = absorptive.
    * de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.
    * de acceso público = publicly accessible.
    * de acceso rápido = fast-access.
    * de acceso restringido = closed access.
    * de acción = action-centered.
    * de acompañante = in tow.
    * de actitud = attitudinal.
    * de actuación = for action.
    * de actualidad = topical.
    * de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.
    * de acuerdo a = according to.
    * de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.
    * de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.
    * de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.
    * de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.
    * de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.
    * de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.
    * de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.
    * de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.
    * de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.
    * de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * de adaptación = adaptive.
    * de †frica = African.
    * de Africa occidental = West African.
    * de agua = water-based.
    * de aguas profundas = deep-sea.
    * de ahí = therefrom.
    * de ahí que = hence.
    * de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.
    * de Alaska = Alaskan.
    * de Albania = Albanian.
    * de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * de alcohol = spirit-based.
    * de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.
    * de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.
    * de alguna otra forma = in any other way.
    * de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.
    * de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.
    * de algún modo u otro = of some sort.
    * de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.
    * de algún tipo = of some description.
    * de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.
    * de alta alcurnia = well-born.
    * de alta cuna = well-born.
    * de alta densidad = high-density.
    * de alta energía = high energy.
    * de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.
    * de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.
    * de alta potencia = high power.
    * de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.
    * de alta productividad = high-performance.
    * de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.
    * de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.
    * de alta tensión = heavy-current.
    * de alta velocidad = high-speed.
    * de alto abolengo = well-born.
    * de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.
    * de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.
    * de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.
    * de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.
    * de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.
    * de alto voltaje = high-voltage.
    * de altura = high, top-notch.
    * de altura regulable = height-adjustable.
    * de aluvión = alluvial.
    * de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].
    * de amplio alcance = broad in scope.
    * de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.
    * de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.
    * de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].
    * de antigua generación = low-end.
    * de antiguo = from time immemorial.
    * de apariencia = cosmetic.
    * de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.
    * de aplicación específica = special-purpose.
    * de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.
    * de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.
    * de apoyo = enabling, supportive.
    * de aprovechamiento = exploitative.
    * de aquel entonces = of that day.
    * de aquí para allá = back and forth.
    * de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.
    * de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.
    * de archivo = archival, archive.
    * de armas tomar = redoubtable.
    * de arranque = bootable.
    * de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.
    * de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.
    * de asesoramiento = consultative.
    * de aspecto = looking.
    * de aspecto antiguo = old-face.
    * de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.
    * de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.
    * de aspecto digno = dignified.
    * de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.
    * de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.
    * de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.
    * de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.
    * de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.
    * de aspecto solemne = dignified.
    * de atención básica = preattentive.
    * de atención primaria = preattentive.
    * de atrás = rear.
    * de atrás para adelante = back and forth.
    * de aupa = royal.
    * de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.
    * de autogestión = self-managing.
    * de autoprotección = self-protective.
    * de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.
    * de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].
    * de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].
    * de baja ralea = ignoble.
    * de bajísima calidad = shoddy.
    * de bajo consumo = low energy.
    * de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.
    * de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.
    * de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.
    * de bajo precio = low-priced.
    * de bajo riesgo = low-risk.
    * de balde = for free.
    * de barrio = neighbourhood-based.
    * de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].
    * de bienvenida = salutatory.
    * de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.
    * de bodas = bridal.
    * de Boole = Boolean.
    * de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.
    * de broma = humorously, teasingly.
    * de bronce = brass.
    * de buena calidad = good-quality.
    * de buena disposición = good-natured.
    * de buena fama = of good repute.
    * de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.
    * de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.
    * de buena reputación = of good repute.
    * de buenas = on good terms.
    * de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.
    * de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].
    * de buena voluntad = in good faith.
    * de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.
    * de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.
    * de buen gusto = tasteful.
    * de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.
    * de buenos modales = well-mannered.
    * de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].
    * de buen ver = good looking.
    * de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.
    * de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.
    * de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * de cachondeo = teasingly.
    * de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].
    * de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.
    * de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.
    * de cajón = no-brainer.
    * de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.
    * de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.
    * de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.
    * de camino = on the way, while we're at it.
    * de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.
    * de campo = free-range.
    * de campos fijos = fixed-field.
    * de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].
    * de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.
    * de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.
    * de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.
    * de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.
    * de carácter = in character.
    * de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.
    * de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].
    * de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.
    * de castigo = punitive.
    * de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.
    * de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.
    * de cerámica = ceramic.
    * de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.
    * de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.
    * de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.
    * de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].
    * de cinco días de duración = five-day.
    * de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].
    * de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.
    * de civil = in plain clothes.
    * de clasificación = classificatory.
    * de clausura = cloistered.
    * de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.
    * de cobre = cupric.
    * de cojones = badass.
    * de colegas = collegial, buddying.
    * de Colombia = Colombian.
    * de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.
    * de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.
    * de color de bronce = brassy.
    * de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].
    * de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].
    * de colorines = brightly coloured.
    * de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.
    * de color rojo = red-coloured.
    * de color rosa = rose-coloured.
    * de color verde botella = bottle green.
    * de color verde oscuro = bottle green.
    * de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.
    * de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.
    * de cómo = as to how.
    * de compañeros = collegial.
    * de complicidad = knowing.
    * de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].
    * de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.
    * de conceptos = concept-based.
    * de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.
    * de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].
    * de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.
    * de confirmación = confirmatory.
    * de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.
    * de conformidad con eso = accordingly.
    * de conífera = coniferous.
    * de construcción básica = brick and frame.
    * de construcción sólida = solidly-built.
    * de consulta fácil = scannable.
    * de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.
    * de consumo = consumptive.
    * de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.
    * de contrabando = bootleg.
    * de contrapunto = contrapuntal.
    * de Corea = Korean.
    * de Corea del Sur = South Korean.
    * de corral = free-range.
    * de corta duración = short term [short-term].
    * de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.
    * de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].
    * de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.
    * de coste cero = zero-cost.
    * de costumbre = usual, usually.
    * de creación = authorial.
    * de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.
    * de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.
    * de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.
    * de cría intensiva = battery-caged.
    * de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.
    * de Crimea = Crimean.
    * de cristal = glass.
    * de crucial importancia = crucially important.
    * de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.
    * de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.
    * de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].
    * de cualquier modo = however, either way.
    * de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.
    * de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.
    * de cuatro días de duración = four-day.
    * de cuatro estrellas = four-star.
    * de Cuba = Cuban.
    * de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.
    * de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.
    * de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.
    * de densidad doble = double-density.
    * de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.
    * de derechas = right-wing.
    * de derecho = de jure [iure].
    * de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.
    * de desarrollo = developmental.
    * de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.
    * de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.
    * de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.
    * de desconexión = cut-off.
    * de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.
    * de desecho = discarded.
    * de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].
    * de desguace = written-off.
    * de despedida = valedictory.
    * de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.
    * de día a día = from day to day.
    * de diámetro = in diameter.
    * de diario = everyday.
    * de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.
    * de diesel = diesel-powered.
    * de diferente modo = differently.
    * de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].
    * de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].
    * de difícil solución = intractable.
    * de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.
    * de dirección = directorial, administrative.
    * de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.
    * de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.
    * de doble filo = double-edged.
    * de doble hoja = double-hinged.
    * de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.
    * de doble uso = dual-use.
    * de dolor = in pain.
    * de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].
    * de donde = whence, whence, from whence.
    * ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.
    * de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.
    * de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].
    * de dos en dos = two at a time.
    * de dos letras = two-letter.
    * de dos niveles = two-tier.
    * de dos páginas = two-page.
    * de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].
    * de dos patas = two-legged.
    * de dos piernas = two-legged.
    * de dos pies = two-legged.
    * de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].
    * de dos tonalidades = bitonal.
    * de dos tonos = bitonal.
    * de dos volúmenes = two-volume.
    * de duelo = in mourning.
    * de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].
    * de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.
    * de edad = elderly.
    * de edad avanzada = over the hill.
    * de edad escolar = school-age.
    * de edad mediana = middle-aged.
    * de edad universitaria = college-age.
    * de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.
    * de ello = thereof, therefrom.
    * de ellos = theirs.
    * de embalsamar = embalming.
    * de emisor a receptor = downstream.
    * de encaje = lacy.
    * de enmienda = amendatory.
    * de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.
    * de entonces = of the day.
    * de entreguerras = interwar.
    * de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.
    * de entretenimiento = recreational.
    * de envergadura = heavy lifting.
    * de época = vintage.
    * de epopeya = epic.
    * de esa época = of the period.
    * de escándalo = outrageous.
    * de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.
    * de eso = thereof.
    * de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.
    * de especial importancia = of particular note.
    * de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.
    * de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.
    * de espíritu libre = free-spirited.
    * de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.
    * de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.
    * de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.
    * de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.
    * de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.
    * de Estonia = Estonian.
    * de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.
    * de estructura de acero = steel-framed.
    * de estructura de madera = timber-framed.
    * de Europa del Este = Eastern European.
    * de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.
    * de evaluación = evaluative.
    * de éxito = successful.
    * de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].
    * de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].
    * de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].
    * de expansión = expanded.
    * de explotación = exploitative.
    * de extensión = in length.
    * de extensión normal = standard-length.
    * de extremada urgencia = serious.
    * de fabricación casera = homemade.
    * de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.
    * de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.
    * de fácil manejo = liftable.
    * de facto = de facto.
    * de fama = of note.
    * de fama internacional = of international renown.
    * de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.
    * de felpa = plush.
    * de fiar = legit.
    * de fichas = card-based.
    * de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.
    * de final de año = end-year.
    * de final de mes = end-of-the-month.
    * de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.
    * de fin de año = end of the year.
    * de fin de milenio = millennial.
    * de forma = in form.
    * de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.
    * de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.
    * de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.
    * de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.
    * de forma alternativa = alternatively.
    * de forma anónima = anonymously.
    * de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.
    * de forma apreciable = markedly.
    * de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.
    * de forma audible = audibly.
    * de forma autónoma = autonomously.
    * de forma caprichosa = capriciously.
    * de formación = formative.
    * de forma clara = clearly.
    * de forma cognitiva = cognitively.
    * de forma colegiada = collegially.
    * de forma combinada = in combination.
    * de forma competitiva = competitively.
    * de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.
    * de forma completa = in full.
    * de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.
    * de forma concisa = concisely.
    * de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.
    * de forma considerable = considerably.
    * de forma continuada = continuously.
    * de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.
    * de forma deductiva = deductively.
    * de forma desastrosa = disastrously.
    * de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.
    * de forma diferente = differently shaped.
    * de forma digital = digitally.
    * de forma divertida = funnily.
    * de forma económica = cost-effectively.
    * de forma errática = erratically.
    * de forma escandalosa = outrageously.
    * de forma especulativa = speculatively.
    * de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.
    * de forma exquisita = exquisitely.
    * de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.
    * de forma federal = federally.
    * de forma general = widely, bulk.
    * de forma global = holistically.
    * de forma graciosa = funnily.
    * de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.
    * de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.
    * de forma grotesca = grotesquely.
    * de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].
    * de forma heurística = heuristically.
    * de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.
    * de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.
    * de forma indirecta = circuitous route.
    * de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.
    * de forma innata = innately.
    * de forma irregular = erratically.
    * de forma lamentable = miserably.
    * de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.
    * de forma mágica = magically.
    * de forma mecánica = mechanically.
    * de forma mordaz = pungently.
    * de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.
    * de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.
    * de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.
    * de forma negativa = in a negative light.
    * de forma neutral = neutrally.
    * de forma notoria = markedly.
    * de forma opcional = optionally.
    * de forma óptima = optimally.
    * de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.
    * de forma poco ética = unethically.
    * de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.
    * de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.
    * de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.
    * de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.
    * de forma práctica = pragmatically.
    * de forma precisa = precisely.
    * de forma provocativa = provocatively.
    * de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.
    * de forma que = in ways that.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * de forma rara = oddly, funnily.
    * de forma recíproca = reciprocally.
    * de forma rentable = cost-effectively.
    * de forma residual = residually.
    * de forma ridícula = grotesquely.
    * de forma saludable = healthily.
    * de forma sana = healthily.
    * de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.
    * de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.
    * de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.
    * de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.
    * de forma sublime = subliminally.
    * de forma suscinta = in brief.
    * de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.
    * de forma tosca = in crude form.
    * de forma trágica = tragically.
    * de fotograma completo = full-frame.
    * de fotograma doble = half-frame.
    * de frente = head-on, frontal.
    * de fuera = outside, off-side.
    * de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.
    * de fuerza = forceful.
    * de funcionamiento = operating, operational.
    * de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.
    * de gala = gala.
    * de Galileo = Galilean.
    * de Gambia = Gambian.
    * de gas = gas-powered.
    * de generación a generación = from generation to generation.
    * de generación en generación = from generation to generation.
    * de geofísica = geophysical.
    * de gestión = managerial, back-office.
    * de gestión del museo = curatorial.
    * de Glasgow = Glaswegian.
    * de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.
    * de grado básico = junior grade.
    * de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.
    * de gran belleza = scenic.
    * de gran calibre = high-calibre.
    * de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.
    * de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.
    * de gran colorido = brightly coloured.
    * de gran corazón = big-hearted.
    * de gran efecto = wide-reaching.
    * de gran éxito comercial = high selling.
    * de gran formato = oversized, oversize.
    * de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].
    * de gran influencia = seminal.
    * de granja = free-range.
    * de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.
    * de gran lujo = top-class.
    * de gran potencia = high-powered.
    * de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.
    * de gran talento = talented.
    * de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.
    * de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.
    * de gran venta = high selling.
    * de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.
    * de guasa = teasingly.
    * de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.
    * de habla alemana = German-speaking.
    * de habla francesa = French-speaking.
    * de habla inglesa = English-speaking.
    * de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.
    * de hace años = of years ago.
    * de hace muchos años = long-standing.
    * de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.
    * de hace siglos = of yore.
    * de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.
    * de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.
    * de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.
    * de hierbas = herbal.
    * de hierro = iron, ferric.
    * de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.
    * de hoja caduca = deciduous.
    * de hoja perenne = evergreen.
    * de hojas largas = long-leaved.
    * de Homero = Homeric.
    * de hongos = fungal.
    * de horticultura = horticultural.
    * de hoy = present-day.
    * de hoy día = of today.
    * de hoy en adelante = as from today.
    * de hoy en día = of today.
    * de huelga = striking.
    * de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].
    * de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.
    * de ideas afines = like-minded.
    * de igual a igual = as a peer.
    * de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.
    * de igual longitud = of equal length.
    * de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).
    * de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.
    * de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).
    * de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.
    * de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.
    * de imitación = copycat.
    * de importancia = of note, of consequence.
    * de importancia creciente = of growing importance.
    * de importancia crucial = crucially important.
    * de importancia fundamental = critically important.
    * de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.
    * de incalculable valor = priceless.
    * de incógnito = incognito.
    * de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.
    * de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].
    * de inmediato = immediately.
    * de inspiración = inspirational.
    * de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.
    * de intereses similares = of like interest.
    * de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.
    * de interés humano = human interest.
    * de interés periodístico = newsworthy.
    * de investigación = exploratory.
    * de isótopos = isotopic.
    * de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.
    * de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].
    * de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.
    * de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.
    * de Kenia = Kenyan.
    * de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].
    * de la adolescencia = teenage.
    * de la alcaldía = mayoral.
    * de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.
    * de la cara = facial.
    * de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.
    * de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.
    * de la cóclea = cochlear.
    * de la columna vertebral = spinal.
    * de la comedia = comedic.
    * de la corteza = crustal, cortical.
    * de la cría de aves = avicultural.
    * de la duramadre = dural.
    * de la edad media = dark-age.
    * de la embajada = ambassadorial.
    * de la época = of the time(s), of the day.
    * de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.
    * de la época victoriana = Victorian.
    * de la espina dorsal = spinal.
    * de la extensión de un libro = book-length.
    * de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.
    * de la forma más difícil = the hard way.
    * de la forma más fácil = the easy way.
    * de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.
    * de la fóvea = foveal.
    * de la gama alta = high-end.
    * de la gama baja = low-end.
    * de la gama inferior = low-end.
    * de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].
    * de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].
    * de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].
    * de la malaria = malarial.
    * de la mama = mammary.
    * de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.
    * de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.
    * de la manera normal = in the normal manner.
    * de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.
    * de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.
    * de la marina = marine.
    * de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili

    * * *
    de1
    A
    (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión): la casa de mi hermano/de mis padres/de la actriz my brother's/my parents'/the actress's house
    el rey de Francia the king of France
    el cumpleaños de Luis Luis's birthday
    el cumpleaños de la esposa de un compañero a colleague's wife's birthday, the birthday of the wife of one of my colleagues
    no es de él/de ella/de ellos it isn't his/hers/theirs
    su padre de usted ( frml); your father
    un amigo de mi hijo a friend of my son's
    es un amigo de la familia he's a friend of the family o a family friend
    un estudiante de quinto año a fifth-year student
    el nieto de los Arteaga the Arteagas' grandson
    la mesa de la cocina the kitchen table
    la correa del perro the dog's leash
    un avión de Mexair a Mexair plane
    la tapa de la cacerola the saucepan lid
    las calles de la capital the streets of the capital, the capital's streets
    la subida de los precios the rise in prices
    al término de la reunión at the end of the meeting
    B
    la ciudad de Lima the city of Lima
    el aeropuerto de Barajas Barajas airport
    el mes de enero the month of January
    el imbécil de tu hermano that stupid brother of yours, your stupid brother
    el bueno de Ricardo le aguanta cualquier cosa Ricardo is so good, he puts up with anything from her
    2
    (en exclamaciones): ¡pobre de él! poor him!
    ¡triste de quien no conozca ese sentimiento! ( liter); pity the person who has never experienced that feeling! ( liter)
    C
    (con apellidos): Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena ≈ Mrs Mónica Arocena
    los señores de Rucabado ( frml); Mr and Mrs Rucabado
    D
    ( Arg crit) (a casa de): voy del médico I'm going to the doctor's
    A
    1
    (expresando procedencia, origen): volvía de clase/del banco I was on my way back from my class/from the bank
    es de Bogotá she's from Bogotá, she comes from Bogotá
    lo saqué de la biblioteca I got it out of the library
    lo recogió del suelo she picked it up off the floor
    mis amigos de América my American friends, my friends from America
    he recibido carta de Julia I've had a letter from Julia
    un hijo de su primera mujer a son by his first wife
    al salir de la tienda as he left the store
    DE … A …:
    de aquí a tu casa from here to your house
    un amigo de la infancia a childhood friend
    data del siglo XVII it dates from the 17th century
    la literatura de ese período the literature of o from that period
    lo conozco de cuando estuve en Rosales I know him from when I was in Rosales
    de un día para otro from one day to the next
    DE … A …:
    está abierto de nueve a cinco it's open from nine to five o between nine and five
    de aquí a que termine tenemos para rato it'll be a while yet before he finishes, he won't be finished for a while yet
    B
    (expresando causa): murió de viejo he died of old age
    verde de envidia green with envy
    estaba ronco de tanto gritar he was hoarse from shouting so much
    eso es de comer tan poco that's what comes from o of eating so little
    A
    (introduciendo cualidades, características): es de una paciencia increíble he is incredibly patient, he is a man of incredible patience
    un chiste de muy mal gusto a joke in very bad taste
    objetos de mucho valor objects of great value
    un pez de agua dulce a freshwater fish
    ¿de qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?
    tiene cara de aburrido he looks bored
    ese gesto es muy de su madre that gesture is very reminiscent of his mother
    tienes cosas de niño malcriado sometimes you act like a spoiled child
    una botella de un litro a liter bottle
    un niño de tres meses a three-month-old child
    déme de las de 200 pesos el kilo give me some of those o some of the ones at 200 pesos a kilo
    la chica del abrigo rojo the girl with o in the red coat
    la señora de azul the lady in blue
    un hombre de pelo largo a man with long hair
    un anciano de bastón an old man with a stick [de is part of many compounds like cinturón de seguridad, hombre de negocios, válvula de escape, etc ]
    B
    (al especificar material, contenido, composición): una mesa de caoba a mahogany table
    una inyección de morfina an injection of morphine, a morphine injection
    el complemento ideal de todo plato de pescado the ideal complement to any fish dish
    son de plástico they're (made of) plastic
    un curso de secretariado a secretarial course
    nos sirvió una copa de champán she gave us a glass of champagne
    una colección de sellos a stamp collection, a collection of stamps
    un millón de dólares a million dollars
    C
    (con sentido ponderativo): ¡lo encontré de viejo …! he seemed so old!
    ¡qué de coches! ( fam); what a lot of cars!
    D
    (al definir, especificar): tuvo la suerte de conseguirlo she was lucky enough to get it
    aprieta el botón de abajo press the bottom button
    E
    1
    (con cifras): el número de estudiantes es de 480 the number of students is 480, there are 480 students
    pagan un interés del 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%
    cuesta más de £100 it costs more than o over £100
    pesa menos de un kilo it weighs less than o under a kilo
    un número mayor/menor de 29 a number over/under 29
    3
    (en expresiones de modo): lo tumbó de un golpe he knocked him down with one blow
    subió los escalones de dos en dos he went up the stairs two at a time
    de a poco (CS); little by little, gradually
    4
    (CS): de a cuatro/ocho/diez: colócalos de a dos/cuatro put them in twos/fours
    entraron de a uno they went in one by one o one at a time [de is part of many expressions entered under frente2 m A 2. (↑ frente (2)), improviso, prisa etc]
    está de profesor en una academia he's working as a teacher in a private school
    le ofrecieron un puesto de redactor they offered him a job as an editor
    hace de enanito en la obra he plays (the part of) a dwarf in the play
    le habló de hombre a hombre he talked to him man to man
    G
    1
    (limitando lo expresado a determinado aspecto): es muy bonita de cara she has a pretty face
    es corto de talle/ancho de hombros he's short-waisted/broad-shouldered
    es sorda de un oído she's deaf in one ear
    ¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? how are we doing for time?
    tiene dos metros de ancho it's two meters wide
    2
    (refiriéndose a una etapa de la vida): de niño as a child, when he was a child
    H
    (en expresiones de estado, actividad): estaba de mal humor she was in a bad mood
    I
    (indicando uso, destino, finalidad): el cepillo de la ropa the clothes brush
    el trapo de limpiar la plata the cloth for cleaning the silver
    lo sirvió en copas de champán he served it in champagne glasses
    dales algo de comer give them something to eat
    ¿qué hay de postre? what's for dessert? [de is part of many compounds like cuchara de servir, máquina de coser, saco de dormir, etc]
    una novela de Goytisolo a novel by Goytisolo, a Goytisolo novel
    seguidos del resto de la familia followed by the rest of the family
    una casa rodeada de árboles a house surrounded by trees
    viene acompañado de arroz it is served with rice
    acompañado de su señora esposa ( frml); accompanied by his wife
    A
    ¿quién de ustedes fue? which (one) of you was it?
    se llevó uno de los míos she took one of mine
    el mayor de los Rodríguez the eldest of the Rodríguez children
    un cigarrillo de ésos que apestan one of those cigarettes that stink
    2
    (con un superlativo): eligió el más caro de todos she chose the most expensive one of all
    la ciudad más grande del mundo the biggest city in the world
    B
    (refiriéndose a una parte del día): a las once de la mañana/de la noche at eleven in the morning/at night
    duerme de día y trabaja de noche she sleeps during the day and works at night
    salieron de madrugada they left very early in the morning
    ver tb mañana3 f A. (↑ mañana (3)), tarde2 (↑ tarde (2)), etc
    A DE + INF:
    de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known, I would have come earlier o had I known, I would have come earlier
    de no ser así no será considerada otherwise it will not be considered
    de continuar este estado de cosas if this state of affairs persists
    B SER DE + INF
    (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad): es de esperar que … it is to be hoped that …, one hopes that …
    no son de fiar they are not to be trusted
    es de destacar la actuación de Marta Valverde Marta Valverde's performance is worthy of note
    C
    de no ( AmL); if not
    de2
    * * *

    Del verbo dar: ( conjugate dar)

    dé es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    dar    
    de    
    dé
    dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
    1


    déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
    See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
    b) ‹cartas/mano› to give

    2
    a) (donar, regalar) ‹sangre/limosna› to give;


    b) ( proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give;

    ‹información/idea› to give
    3
    a) (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

    b) ( aplicar) ‹mano de pintura/barniz› to give

    c) ‹sedante/masaje› to give

    4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;

    nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
    5
    a) (expresar, decir) ‹parecer/opinón› to give;

    ◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;

    dales saludos give/send them my regards;
    tuve que déle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him
    b) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;


    1
    a) ( producir) ‹fruto/flor› to bear;

    ‹ dividendos› to pay;

    b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):

    ◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;

    venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
    ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
    2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
    ‹ problemas› to cause;

    el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
    1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;
    ◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);

    ¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
    2
    a) ‹fiesta/conferencia› to give;

    ‹baile/banquete› to hold;
    ‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
    b) (CS) ‹ examen› to take o (BrE) sit;

    ver tb clase 4
    ( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;

    dame un beso give me a kiss;
    ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
    ( considerar) dé algo/a algn por algo:

    ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
    ¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
    verbo intransitivo
    1


    [ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
    [fachada/frente] to face
    2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dé para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;

    dé de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
    3 ( arrojar un resultado):

    ¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
    a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
    4 ( importar):

    ¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
    ¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
    me da igual I don't mind
    5 ( en naipes) to deal
    1
    a) (pegar, golpear): déle a algn to hit sb;

    ( como castigo) to smack sb;

    el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post


    2 (accionar, mover) déle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
    ‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
    ‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
    3


    ‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
    ‹ palabra› to come up with
    4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) déle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;
    ◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …

    5 [sol/luz]:

    la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
    darse verbo pronominal
    1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
    2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
    3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):

    a) ( refl) ( realizar lo que se indica) ‹ducha/banquete› to have;

    ◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;

    dárselas de listo to act smart
    b) (golpearse, pegarse):


    se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
    se dio dé un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
    ( considerarse) dése por algo:

    ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
    de 1 preposición
    1
    a) (pertenencia, posesión):


    el rey dé Francia the king of France;
    no es dé él it isn't his;
    es un amigo dé mi hijo he's a friend of my son's;
    un estudiante dé quinto año a fifth-year student;
    la tapa dé la cacerola the saucepan lid;
    un avión dé Mexair a Mexair plane


    el aeropuerto dé Barajas Barajas airport;
    el mes dé enero the month of January
    2
    a) (procedencia, origen, tiempo) from;

    ◊ es dé Bogotá she's/she comes from Bogotá;

    una carta dé Julia a letter from Julia;
    un amigo dé la infancia a childhood friend;
    la literatura dé ese período the literature of o from that period;
    dé aquí a tu casa from here to your house
    b) (material, contenido, composición):


    una mesa dé caoba a mahogany table;
    un vaso dé agua a glass of water;
    un millón dé dólares a million dollars
    c) (causa, modo):


    dé tanto gritar from shouting so much;
    verde dé envidia green with envy;
    temblando dé miedo trembling with fear;
    dé memoria by heart;
    lo tumbó dé un golpe he knocked him down with one blow


    rodeada dé árboles surrounded by trees
    3
    a) (cualidades, características):


    objetos dé mucho valor objects of great value;
    ¿dé qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?;
    tiene cara dé aburrido he looks bored;
    una botella dé un litro a liter bottle;
    la chica dé azul the girl in blue
    b) (al definir, especificar):


    tiene dos metros dé ancho it's two meters wide;
    es fácil de pronunciar it's easy to pronounce;
    uno dé los míos one of mine;
    el mayor dé los Soto the eldest of the Soto children
    4
    a) ( con cifras):

    ◊ pagan un interés dél 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%


    ◊ más dé £100 more than o over £100;

    pesa menos dé un kilo it weighs less than o under a kilo;
    un número mayor/menor dé 29 a number over/under 29


    la ciudad más grande dél mundo the biggest city in the world

    ◊ dé día/noche during the day/at night;

    dé madrugada early in the morning
    5
    a) ( en calidad de) as;


    hace dé rey en la obra he plays (the part of) a king in the play
    b) (en expresiones de estado, actividad):


    estamos dé fiesta we're having a party
    c) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad):


    copas dé vino wine glasses;
    ropa dé cama bed clothes;
    dales algo dé comer give them something to eat;
    ¿qué hay dé postre? what's for dessert?
    6 ( con sentido condicional):

    dé no ser así otherwise
    de 2 sustantivo femenino: name of the letter d
    dé see
    ◊ dar

    dar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
    2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
    le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
    3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
    (un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
    dar las gracias, to thank
    4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
    5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
    6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
    (fruto, flores) to bear
    (beneficio, interés) to give, yield
    7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
    (un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
    le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
    8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
    9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
    (impartir clases) to teach
    (recibir una clase) to have
    US to take
    10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
    11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
    12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
    (del gas, agua) to turn on
    13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
    14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
    (un masaje, medicamento) to give
    15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
    ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
    dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
    16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
    17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
    dar un paseo, to go for a walk
    dar una voz, to give a shout
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
    2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
    (una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
    dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
    ♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
    le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
    dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
    dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
    dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
    dar que hablar, to set people talking
    dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
    dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
    de preposición
    1 (pertenencia, posesión) of
    la dirección de mis padres, my parents' address
    el teclado de este ordenador, this computer's keyboard
    la primera página del libro, the first page of the book
    2 (material) of: está hecho de madera, it's made of wood
    una pajarita de papel, a paper bird
    (contenido) un vaso de vino, a glass of wine
    3 (asunto) about, on: sabe mucho de economía, she knows a lot about economics
    un curso de inglés, an English course
    un libro de arte, a book on art
    4 (oficio) as: está/trabaja de enfermera, she is working as a nurse
    5 (cualidad) una persona de carácter, a person with character
    una rubia de pelo largo, a blonde with long hair
    6 (procedencia) from: es de Bilbao, he is o comes from Bilbao
    de Madrid a Cáceres, from Madrid to Cáceres
    7 (parte) un poco de leche, a little milk
    un trozo de carne, a piece of meat
    8 (causa) with, because of
    llorar de alegría, to cry with joy
    morir de hambre, to die of hunger
    9 (modo) lo bebió de un trago, she downed it in one
    un gesto de satisfacción, an expression of satisfaction
    10 (localización) el señor de la camisa azul, the man in the blue shirt
    la casa de la esquina, the house on the corner
    11 (tiempo) a las cinco de la mañana, at five in the morning
    de año en año, year in year out
    de día, by day
    de noche, at night
    de miércoles a viernes, from Wednesday to Friday
    de pequeño, as a child
    12 (finalidad) jornada de reflexión, eve of polling day
    libro de consulta, reference book
    máquina de escribir, typewriter
    13 (instrumento) derribó la puerta de una patada, he kicked the door down
    lo mataron de una puñalada, he was stabbed to death
    14 (comparación) el discurso fue más largo de lo esperado, the speech was longer than expected
    (con superlativo) in
    el coche más caro del mundo, the most expensive car in the world
    15 (precio) for
    un pantalón de dos mil pesetas, a pair of trousers costing two thousand pesetas 16 una avenida de quince kilómetros, an avenue fifteen kilometres long
    una botella de litro, a litre bottle
    17 (condicional) de haberlo sabido no le hubiera invitado, if I had known I wouldn't have invited him
    de no ser así, if that wasn't o weren't the case
    de ser cierto, if it was o were true
    18 (reiteración) de puerta en puerta, from door to door
    de tres en tres, in threes o three at a time

    'dé' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - a. C.
    - a.m.
    - abajo
    - abanderada
    - abanderado
    - abandonar
    - abandonarse
    - abandono
    - abanico
    - abarrotar
    - abarrotada
    - abarrotado
    - abarrotería
    - abastecer
    - abastecerse
    - abastecimiento
    - abasto
    - abatir
    - abatimiento
    - abatirse
    - abdicar
    - abertura
    - abierta
    - abierto
    - abismo
    - ablandar
    - abogar
    - abogacía
    - abogada
    - abogado
    - abominar
    - abominable
    - abono
    - abortar
    - abrir
    - abridor
    - abrigo
    - abrupta
    - abrupto
    - absoluta
    - absolutamente
    - absoluto
    - abstenerse
    - abstención
    - abstinencia
    - abstraerse
    - abuelo
    - abuhardillada
    - abuhardillado
    English:
    A
    - A-level
    - a.m.
    - AA
    - abandon
    - ABC
    - ability
    - ablaze
    - aboard
    - about
    - about-face
    - about-turn
    - above
    - abreast
    - abroad
    - abrupt
    - absence
    - absent
    - absolve
    - absorb
    - abstain
    - abstract
    - abundance
    - abuse
    - AC
    - accepted
    - access road
    - accident
    - accidental
    - acclaim
    - accommodate
    - accommodation
    - accomplished
    - accomplishment
    - accordance
    - account
    - account for
    - accountable
    - accumulation
    - accuracy
    - accurate
    - accurately
    - accuse
    - accused
    - accusingly
    - accustom
    - ache
    - Achilles heel
    - aching
    - acid test
    * * *
    1. [posesión, pertenencia] of;
    el automóvil de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' car;
    es de ella it's hers;
    la maleta es de Eva the suitcase is Eva's o belongs to Eva;
    el padre de la niña the girl's father;
    el director de la empresa the manager of the company, the company's manager;
    la boda o [m5] el casamiento de un amigo de mi hermano the wedding of a friend of my brother's, a friend of my brother's wedding;
    un equipo de segunda división a second division team;
    la comida del gato the cat's food;
    el título de la novela the novel's title, the title of the novel;
    la pata de la mesa the table leg;
    una subida de precios a price rise;
    los señores de Navarro Mr and Mrs Navarro
    2. [procedencia, distancia] from;
    salir de casa to leave home;
    soy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbao;
    no soy de aquí I'm not from round here;
    de la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 metres from the beach to the apartment;
    estamos a 10 kilómetros de Buenos Aires we're 10 kilometres away from Buenos Aires;
    el rey de España the king of Spain;
    tuvo dos hijos de su primera esposa he had two children by his first wife;
    b de Barcelona [deletreando] b for Barcelona
    3. [en razonamiento]
    de su sonrisa se deduce que todo ha ido bien you can tell from o by her smile that it all went well;
    del resultado del experimento concluyo que la fórmula no funciona I infer from the result of the experiment that the formula doesn't work
    4. [con nombre en aposición]
    la ciudad de Caracas the city of Caracas;
    el túnel del Canal the Channel Tunnel;
    el signo de tauro the sign of Taurus;
    el puerto de Cartagena the port of Cartagena
    5. [en descripciones]
    una película de terror a horror movie o Br film;
    la señora de verde the lady in green;
    el chico de la coleta the boy with the ponytail;
    una actriz de veinte años a twenty-year-old actress;
    ¿de qué tamaño? what size?;
    un político de fiar a trustworthy politician
    6. [materia] (made) of;
    un vaso de plástico a plastic cup;
    un reloj de oro a gold watch;
    una mesa de madera a wooden table
    7. [contenido]
    un vaso de agua a glass of water;
    un plato de lentejas a plate of lentils
    8. [precio]
    he comprado las peras de 80 céntimos el kilo I bought the pears that were 80 cents a kilo;
    un sello de 50 céntimos a 50-cent stamp
    9. [uso]
    una bici de carreras a racing bike;
    ropa de deporte sportswear;
    una máquina de coser a sewing machine;
    esta sartén es la del pescado y ésta la de las tortillas this frying pan's for fish and this one's for omelettes
    10. [asunto] about;
    hablábamos de ti we were talking about you;
    libros de historia history books
    11. [en calidad de] as;
    trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman;
    aparece de cosaco he appears as a Cossack, he plays a Cossack;
    estás muy guapa de uniforme you look very pretty in uniform;
    al desfile de carnaval iré de Napoleón I'll go as Napoleon in the carnival parade
    12. [tiempo] [desde] from;
    [durante] in;
    trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to five;
    vivió en Bolivia de 1975 a 1983 she lived in Bolivia between 1975 and 1983, she lived in Bolivia from 1975 to 1983;
    de madrugada early in the morning;
    a las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoon;
    trabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day;
    es de día it's daytime;
    de niño solía jugar en la calle as a child I used to play in the street;
    ¿qué quieres ser de mayor? what do you want to be when you grow up?;
    un compañero del colegio a friend from school;
    Urug
    de mañana/tarde in the morning/afternoon;
    Urug
    de noche at night;
    Urug
    ayer salimos de noche we went out last night
    13. [causa] with;
    morirse de hambre to die of hunger;
    llorar de alegría to cry with joy;
    temblar de miedo to tremble with fear;
    eso es de fumar tanto that's what comes from smoking so much
    14. [manera, modo] with;
    de una patada with a kick;
    rompió el cristal de una pedrada he shattered the window with a stone;
    de una sola vez in one go;
    lo bebió de un trago he drank it down in one go;
    de tres en tres/cuatro en cuatro/ etc[m5]. three/four/ etc at a time;
    CSur
    de a tres/cuatro/ etc[m5]. in threes/fours/ etc;
    de fácil manejo user-friendly;
    ponerse de rodillas to kneel down
    15. [con valor partitivo] of;
    uno de los nuestros one of ours;
    varios de nosotros several of us;
    ¿quién de vosotros sabe la respuesta? which of you knows the answer?
    16. Literario [sobre]
    de la paz y la guerra of war and peace
    17. [en valoración]
    lo tacharon de vulgar they branded him as vulgar, they accused him of being vulgar
    18. [en lugar de]
    yo de ti no lo haría I wouldn't do it if I were you;
    yo de Eduardo le pediría perdón if I were Eduardo, I'd say sorry to her
    19. [en comparaciones]
    más/menos de… more/less than…;
    [con superlativos]
    el mejor de todos the best of all;
    el más importante del mundo the most important in the world;
    la peor película del año the worst film this year o of the year;
    la impresora más moderna del mercado the most up-to-date printer on the market
    20. (antes de infinitivo) [condición] if;
    de querer ayudarme, lo haría if she wanted to help me, she'd do it;
    de no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it;
    de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sunday
    21. (después de adjetivo y antes de sustantivo) [enfatiza cualidad]
    el idiota de tu hermano your stupid brother;
    la buena de Susana good old Susana;
    ¡pobre de mí! poor me!
    22. (después de adjetivo y antes de infinitivo)
    es difícil de creer it's hard to believe;
    una velada imposible de olvidar an unforgettable evening
    23. (después del verbo “haber”) [obligación]
    he de trabajar más I have to work harder;
    has de gastar menos you should spend less
    24. (antes de complemento agente)
    una película de Buñuel a film by Buñuel, a Buñuel film;
    vino acompañado de su familia he was accompanied by his family
    25. (antes de adverbio de lugar)
    el apartamento de abajo the downstairs Br flat o US apartment;
    la fila de delante the front row
    ♦ de no loc conj
    Am otherwise;
    dime la verdad, de no te castigaré tell me the truth, otherwise I'm going to punish you
    * * *
    de
    prp
    1 origen from;
    de Nueva York from New York;
    de … a from … to
    2 posesión of;
    el coche de mi amigo my friend’s car
    3 material (made) of;
    un anillo de oro a gold ring
    4 contenido of;
    un vaso de agua a glass of water
    :
    una mujer de 20 años a 20 year old woman
    6 causa with;
    temblaba de miedo she was shaking with fear
    :
    de noche at night, by night;
    de día by day
    8 en calidad de as;
    trabajar de albañil work as a bricklayer;
    de niño as a child
    9 agente by;
    de Goya by Goya
    10 condición if;
    de haberlo sabido if I’d known
    :
    la ciudad de Lima the city of Lima
    * * *
    de prep
    1) : of
    la casa de Pepe: Pepe's house
    un niño de tres años: a three-year-old boy
    2) : from
    es de Managua: she's from Managua
    salió del edificio: he left the building
    3) : in, at
    a las tres de la mañana: at three in the morning
    salen de noche: they go out at night
    4) : than
    más de tres: more than three
    dé dar
    * * *
    de prep
    5. (materia, tema)
    6. (origen, procedencia) from
    7. (descripción) with / in
    8. (agente) by
    10. (con números, una parte) than / of

    Spanish-English dictionary > de

  • 5 Chronology

      15,000-3,000 BCE Paleolithic cultures in western Portugal.
      400-200 BCE Greek and Carthaginian trade settlements on coast.
      202 BCE Roman armies invade ancient Lusitania.
      137 BCE Intensive Romanization of Lusitania begins.
      410 CE Germanic tribes — Suevi and Visigoths—begin conquest of Roman Lusitania and Galicia.
      714—16 Muslims begin conquest of Visigothic Lusitania.
      1034 Christian Reconquest frontier reaches Mondego River.
      1064 Christians conquer Coimbra.
      1139 Burgundian Count Afonso Henriques proclaims himself king of Portugal; birth of Portugal. Battle of Ourique: Afonso Henriques defeats Muslims.
      1147 With English Crusaders' help, Portuguese seize Lisbon from Muslims.
      1179 Papacy formally recognizes Portugal's independence (Pope Alexander III).
      1226 Campaign to reclaim Alentejo from Muslims begins.
      1249 Last Muslim city (Silves) falls to Portuguese Army.
      1381 Beginning of third war between Castile and Portugal.
      1383 Master of Aviz, João, proclaimed regent by Lisbon populace.
      1385 April: Master of Aviz, João I, proclaimed king of Portugal by Cortes of Coimbra. 14 August: Battle of Aljubarrota, Castilians defeated by royal forces, with assistance of English army.
      1394 Birth of "Prince Henry the Navigator," son of King João I.
      1415 Beginning of overseas expansion as Portugal captures Moroccan city of Ceuta.
      1419 Discovery of Madeira Islands.
      1425-28 Prince D. Pedro, older brother of Prince Henry, travels in Europe.
      1427 Discovery (or rediscovery?) of Azores Islands.
      1434 Prince Henry the Navigator's ships pass beyond Cape Bojador, West Africa.
      1437 Disaster at Tangier, Morocco, as Portuguese fail to capture city.
      1441 First African slaves from western Africa reach Portugal.
      1460 Death of Prince Henry. Portuguese reach what is now Senegal, West Africa.
      1470s Portuguese explore West African coast and reach what is now Ghana and Nigeria and begin colonizing islands of São Tomé and Príncipe.
      1479 Treaty of Alcáçovas between kings of Portugal and Spain.
      1482 Portuguese establish post at São Jorge da Mina, Gold Coast (now Ghana).
      1482-83 Portuguese navigator Diogo Cão reaches mouth of Congo River and Angola.
      1488 Navigator Bartolomeu Dias rounds Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, and finds route to Indian Ocean.
      1492-93 Columbus's first voyage to West Indies.
      1493 Columbus visits Azores and Portugal on return from first voyage; tells of discovery of New World. Treaty of Tordesillas signed between kings of Portugal and Spain: delimits spheres of conquest with line 370 leagues west of Cape Verde Islands (claimed by Portugal); Portugal's sphere to east of line includes, in effect, Brazil.
       King Manuel I and Royal Council decide to continue seeking all-water route around Africa to Asia.
       King Manuel I expels unconverted Jews from Portugal.
      1497-99 Epic voyage of Vasco da Gama from Portugal around Africa to west India, successful completion of sea route to Asia project; da Gama returns to Portugal with samples of Asian spices.
      1500 Bound for India, Navigator Pedro Álvares Cabral "discovers" coast of Brazil and claims it for Portugal.
      1506 Anti-Jewish riots in Lisbon.
       Battle of Diu, India; Portugal's command of Indian Ocean assured for some time with Francisco de Almeida's naval victory over Egyptian and Gujerati fleets.
       Afonso de Albuquerque conquers Goa, India; beginning of Portuguese hegemony in south Asia.
       Portuguese conquest of Malacca; commerce in Spice Islands.
      1519 Magellan begins circumnavigation voyage.
      1536 Inquisition begins in Portugal.
      1543 Portuguese merchants reach Japan.
      1557 Portuguese merchants granted Chinese territory of Macau for trading factory.
      1572 Luís de Camões publishes epic poem, Os Lusíadas.
      1578 Battle of Alcácer-Quivir; Moroccan forces defeat army of King Sebastião of Portugal; King Sebastião dies in battle. Portuguese succession crisis.
      1580 King Phillip II of Spain claims and conquers Portugal; Spanish rule of Portugal, 1580-1640.
      1607-24 Dutch conquer sections of Asia and Brazil formerly held by Portugal.
      1640 1 December: Portuguese revolution in Lisbon overthrows Spanish rule, restores independence. Beginning of Portugal's Braganza royal dynasty.
      1654 Following Dutch invasions and conquest of parts of Brazil and Angola, Dutch expelled by force.
      1661 Anglo-Portuguese Alliance treaty signed: England pledges to defend Portugal "as if it were England itself." Queen Catherine of Bra-ganza marries England's Charles II.
      1668 February: In Portuguese-Spanish peace treaty, Spain recognizes independence of Portugal, thus ending 28-year War of Restoration.
      1703 Methuen Treaties signed, key commercial trade agreement and defense treaty between England and Portugal.
      1750 Pombal becomes chief minister of King José I.
      1755 1 November: Massive Lisbon earthquake, tidal wave, and fire.
      1759 Expulsion of Jesuits from Portugal and colonies.
      1761 Slavery abolished in continental Portugal.
      1769 Abandonment of Mazagão, Morocco, last Portuguese outpost.
      1777 Pombal dismissed as chief minister by Queen Maria I, after death of José I.
      1791 Portugal and United States establish full diplomatic relations.
      1807 November: First Napoleonic invasion; French forces under Junot conquer Portugal. Royal family flees to colony of Brazil and remains there until 1821.
      1809 Second French invasion of Portugal under General Soult.
      1811 Third French invasion of Portugal under General Masséna.
      1813 Following British general Wellington's military victories, French forces evacuate Portugal.
      1817 Liberal, constitutional movements against absolutist monarchist rule break out in Brazil (Pernambuco) and Portugal (Lisbon, under General Gomes Freire); crushed by government. British marshal of Portugal's army, Beresford, rules Portugal.
       Liberal insurrection in army officer corps breaks out in Cadiz, Spain, and influences similar movement in Portugal's armed forces first in Oporto.
       King João VI returns from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, and early draft of constitution; era of constitutional monarchy begins.
      1822 7 September: João VI's son Pedro proclaims independence of
       Brazil from Portugal and is named emperor. 23 September: Constitution of 1822 ratified.
       Portugal recognizes sovereign independence of Brazil.
       King João VI dies; power struggle for throne ensues between his sons, brothers Pedro and Miguel; Pedro, emperor of Brazil, abdicates Portuguese throne in favor of his daughter, D. Maria II, too young to assume crown. By agreement, Miguel, uncle of D. Maria, is to accept constitution and rule in her stead.
      1828 Miguel takes throne and abolishes constitution. Sections of Portugal rebel against Miguelite rule.
      1831 Emperor Pedro abdicates throne of Brazil and returns to Portugal to expel King Miguel from Portuguese throne.
      1832-34 Civil war between absolutist King Miguel and constitutionalist Pedro, who abandons throne of Brazil to restore his young daughter Maria to throne of Portugal; Miguel's armed forces defeated by those of Pedro. Miguel leaves for exile and constitution (1826 Charter) is restored.
      1834-53 Constitutional monarchy consolidated under rule of Queen Maria II, who dies in 1853.
      1851-71 Regeneration period of economic development and political stability; public works projects sponsored by Minister Fontes Pereira de Melo.
      1871-90 Rotativism period of alternating party governments; achieves political stability and less military intervention in politics and government. Expansion of colonial territory in tropical Africa.
       January: Following territorial dispute in central Africa, Britain delivers "Ultimatum" to Portugal demanding withdrawal of Portugal's forces from what is now Malawi and Zimbabwe. Portugal's government, humiliated in accepting demand under threat of a diplomatic break, falls. Beginning of governmental and political instability; monarchist decline and republicanism's rise.
       Anglo-Portuguese treaties signed relating to delimitation of frontiers in colonial Africa.
      1899 Treaty of Windsor; renewal of Anglo-Portuguese defense and friendship alliance.
      1903 Triumphal visit of King Edward VII to Portugal.
      1906 Politician João Franco supported by King Carlos I in dictatorship to restore order and reform.
      1908 1 February: Murder in Lisbon of King Carlos I and his heir apparent, Prince Dom Luís, by Portuguese anarchists. Eighteen-year-old King Manuel II assumes throne.
      1910 3-5 October: Following republican-led military insurrection in armed forces, monarchy falls and first Portuguese republic is proclaimed. Beginning of unstable, economically troubled, parliamentary republic form of government.
       May: Violent insurrection in Lisbon overturns government of General Pimenta de Castro; nearly a thousand casualties from several days of armed combat in capital.
       March: Following Portugal's honoring ally Britain's request to confiscate German shipping in Portuguese harbors, Germany declares war on Portugal; Portugal enters World War I on Allied side.
       Portugal organizes and dispatches Portuguese Expeditionary Corps to fight on the Western Front. 9 April: Portuguese forces mauled by German offensive in Battle of Lys. Food rationing and riots in Lisbon. Portuguese military operations in Mozambique against German expedition's invasion from German East Africa. 5 December: Authoritarian, presidentialist government under Major Sidónio Pais takes power in Lisbon, following a successful military coup.
      1918 11 November: Armistice brings cessation of hostilities on Western Front in World War I. Portuguese expeditionary forces stationed in Angola, Mozambique, and Flanders begin return trip to Portugal. 14 December: President Sidónio Pais assassinated. Chaotic period of ephemeral civil war ensues.
      1919-21 Excessively unstable political period, including January
      1919 abortive effort of Portuguese monarchists to restore Braganza dynasty to power. Republican forces prevail, but level of public violence, economic distress, and deprivation remains high.
      1921 October: Political violence attains peak with murder of former prime minister and other prominent political figures in Lisbon. Sectors of armed forces and Guarda Nacional Republicana are mutinous. Year of financial and corruption scandals, including Portuguese bank note (fraud) case; military court acquits guilty military insurrectionists, and one military judge declares "the country is sick."
       28 May: Republic overthrown by military coup or pronunciamento and conspiracy among officer corps. Parliament's doors locked and parliament closed for nearly nine years to January 1935. End of parliamentary republic, Western Europe's most unstable political system in this century, beginning of the Portuguese dictatorship, after 1930 known as the Estado Novo. Officer corps assumes reins of government, initiates military censorship of the press, and suppresses opposition.
       February: Military dictatorship under General Óscar Carmona crushes failed republican armed insurrection in Oporto and Lisbon.
       April: Military dictatorship names Professor Antônio de Oliveira Salazar minister of finance, with dictatorial powers over budget, to stabilize finances and rebuild economy. Insurrectionism among military elements continues into 1931.
      1930 Dr. Salazar named minister for colonies and announces balanced budgets. Salazar consolidates support by various means, including creation of official regime "movement," the National Union. Salazar engineers Colonial Act to ensure Lisbon's control of bankrupt African colonies by means of new fiscal controls and centralization of authority. July: Military dictatorship names Salazar prime minister for first time, and cabinet composition undergoes civilianization; academic colleagues and protégés plan conservative reform and rejuvenation of society, polity, and economy. Regime comes to be called the Estado Novo (New State). New State's constitution ratified by new parliament, the National Assembly; Portugal described in document as "unitary, corporative Republic" and governance influenced by Salazar's stern personality and doctrines such as integralism, Catholicism, and fiscal conservatism.
      1936 Violent instability and ensuing civil war in neighboring Spain, soon internationalized by fascist and communist intervention, shake Estado Novo regime. Pseudofascist period of regime features creation of imitation Fascist institutions to defend regime from leftist threats; Portugal institutes "Portuguese Youth" and "Portuguese Legion."
      1939 3 September: Prime Minister Salazar declares Portugal's neutrality in World War II. October: Anglo-Portuguese agreement grants naval and air base facilities to Britain and later to United States for Battle of the Atlantic and Normandy invasion support. Third Reich protests breach of Portugal's neutrality.
       6 June: On day of Allies' Normandy invasion, Portugal suspends mining and export of wolfram ore to both sides in war.
       8 May: Popular celebrations of Allied victory and Fascist defeat in Lisbon and Oporto coincide with Victory in Europe Day. Following managed elections for Estado Novo's National Assembly in November, regime police, renamed PIDE, with increased powers, represses opposition.
      1947 Abortive military coup in central Portugal easily crushed by regime. Independence of India and initiation of Indian protests against Portuguese colonial rule in Goa and other enclaves.
      1949 Portugal becomes founding member of NATO.
      1951 Portugal alters constitution and renames overseas colonies "Overseas Provinces." Portugal and United States sign military base agreements for use of air and naval facilities in Azores Islands and military aid to Lisbon. President Carmona dies in office, succeeded by General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58). July: Indians occupy enclave of Portuguese India (dependency of Damão) by means of passive resistance movement. August: Indian passive resistance movement in Portuguese India repelled by Portuguese forces with loss of life. December: With U.S. backing, Portugal admitted as member of United Nations (along with Spain). Air force general Humberto Delgado, in opposition, challenges Estado Novo's hand-picked successor to Craveiro Lopes, Admiral Américo Tomás. Delgado rallies coalition of democratic, liberal, and communist opposition but loses rigged election and later flees to exile in Brazil. Portugal joins European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
       January and February: Estado Novo rocked by armed African insurrection in northern Angola, crushed by armed forces. Hijacking of Portuguese ocean liner by ally of Delgado, Captain Henrique Galvão. April: Salazar defeats attempted military coup and reshuffles cabinet with group of younger figures who seek to reform colonial rule and strengthen the regime's image abroad. 18 December: Indian army rapidly defeats Portugal's defense force in Goa, Damão, and Diu and incorporates Portugal's Indian possessions into Indian Union. January: Abortive military coup in Beja, Portugal.
      1965 February: General Delgado and his Brazilian secretary murdered and secretly buried near Spanish frontier by political police, PIDE.
      1968 August and September: Prime Minister Salazar, aged 79, suffers crippling stoke. President Tomás names former cabinet officer Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor. Caetano institutes modest reforms in Portugal and overseas.
      1971 Caetano government ratifies amended constitution that allows slight devolution and autonomy to overseas provinces in Africa and Asia. Right-wing loyalists oppose reforms in Portugal. 25 April: Military coup engineered by Armed Forces Movement overthrows Estado Novo and establishes provisional government emphasizing democratization, development, and decolonization. Limited resistance by loyalists. President Tomás and Premier Caetano flown to exile first in Madeira and then in Brazil. General Spínola appointed president. September: Revolution moves to left, as President Spínola, thwarted in his program, resigns.
       March: Military coup by conservative forces fails, and leftist response includes nationalization of major portion of economy. Polarization between forces and parties of left and right. 25 November: Military coup by moderate military elements thwarts leftist forces. Constituent Assembly prepares constitution. Revolution moves from left to center and then right.
       March: Constitution ratified by Assembly of the Republic. 25 April: Second general legislative election gives largest share of seats to Socialist Party (PS). Former oppositionist lawyer, Mário Soares, elected deputy and named prime minister.
      1977-85 Political pendulum of democratic Portugal moves from center-left to center-right, as Social Democratic Party (PSD) increases hold on assembly and take office under Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. July
      1985 elections give edge to PSD who advocate strong free-enterprise measures and revision of leftist-generated 1976 Constitution, amended modestly in 1982.
      1986 January: Portugal joins European Economic Community (EEC).
      1987 July: General, legislative elections for assembly give more than 50 percent to PSD led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. For first time, since 1974, Portugal has a working majority government.
      1989 June: Following revisions of 1976 Constitution, reprivatization of economy begins, under PS government.
       January: Presidential elections, Mário Soares reelected for second term. July: General, legislative elections for assembly result in new PSD victory and majority government.
       January-July: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Economic Community (EEC). December: Tariff barriers fall as fully integrated Common Market established in the EEC.
       November: Treaty of Maastricht comes into force. The EEC officially becomes the European Union (EU). Portugal is signatory with 11 other member-nations.
       October: General, legislative elections for assembly result in PS victory and naming of Prime Minister Guterres. PS replace PSD as leading political party. November: Excavations for Lisbon bank uncover ancient Phoenician, Roman, and Christian ruins.
       January: General, presidential elections; socialist Jorge Sampaio defeats PSD's Cavaco Silva and assumes presidency from Dr. Mário Soares. July: Community of Portuguese Languages Countries (CPLP) cofounded by Portugal and Brazil.
       May-September: Expo '98 held in Lisbon. Opening of Vasco da Gama Bridge across Tagus River, Europe's longest (17 kilometers/ 11 miles). June: National referendum on abortion law change defeated after low voter turnout. November: National referendum on regionaliza-tion and devolution of power defeated after another low voter turnout.
       October: General, legislative elections: PS victory over PSD lacks clear majority in parliament. Following East Timor referendum, which votes for independence and withdrawal of Indonesia, outburst of popular outrage in streets, media, and communications of Portugal approves armed intervention and administration of United Nations (and withdrawal of Indonesia) in East Timor. Portugal and Indonesia restore diplomatic relations. December: A Special Territory since 1975, Colony of Macau transferred to sovereignty of People's Republic of China.
       January-June: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the EU; end of Discoveries Historical Commemoration Cycle (1988-2000).
       United Nations forces continue to occupy and administer former colony of East Timor, with Portugal's approval.
       January: General, presidential elections; PS president Sampaio reelected for second term. City of Oporto, "European City of Culture" for the year, hosts arts festival. December: Municipal elections: PSD defeats PS; socialist prime minister Guterres resigns; President Sampaio calls March parliamentary elections.
       1 January: Portugal enters single European Currency system. Euro currency adopted and ceases use of former national currency, the escudo. March: Parliamentary elections; PSD defeats PS and José Durão Barroso becomes prime minister. Military modernization law passed. Portugal holds chairmanship of Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE).
       May: Municipal law passed permitting municipalities to reorganize in new ways.
       June: Prime Minister Durão Barroso, invited to succeed Romano Prodi as president of EU Commission, resigns. Pedro Santana Lopes becomes prime minister. European Parliament elections held. Conscription for national service in army and navy ended. Mass grave uncovered at Academy of Sciences Museum, Lisbon, revealing remains of several thousand victims of Lisbon earthquake, 1755.
       February: Parliamentary elections; PS defeats PSD, socialists win first absolute majority in parliament since 1975. José Sócrates becomes prime minister.
       January: Presidential elections; PSD candidate Aníbal Cavaco Silva elected and assumes presidency from Jorge Sampaio. Portugal's national soccer team ranked 7th out of 205 countries by international soccer association. European Union's Bologna Process in educational reform initiated in Portugal.
       July-December: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Union. For reasons of economy, Portugal announces closure of many consulates, especially in France and the eastern US. Government begins official inspections of private institutions of higher education, following scandals.
      2008 January: Prime Minister Sócrates announces location of new Lisbon area airport as Alcochete, on south bank of Tagus River, site of air force shooting range. February: Portuguese Army begins to receive new modern battle tanks (Leopard 2 A6). March: Mass protest of 85,000 public school (primary and secondary levels) teachers in Lisbon schools dispute recent educational policies of minister of education and prime minister.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Chronology

  • 6 making

    noun (the process of producing or forming something: glassmaking; (also adjective) the road-making industry.) fabricación
    tr['meɪkɪŋ]
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    in the making (person) potencial, en potencia, futuro,-a
    this is history in the making esto pasará a la historia
    to be of somebody's own making ser culpa de uno,-a mismo,-a
    to be the making of somebody significar el éxito de alguien
    to have the makings of something (person) tener madera de algo 2 (thing) tener todo lo necesario para ser algo, tener potencial para convertirse en algo
    ■ he has the makings of a footballer tiene madera de futbolista, es un futbolista en ciernes
    n.
    • causa del éxito s.f.
    • confección s.f.
    • creación s.f.
    • fabricación s.f.
    • formación s.f.
    • hechura s.f.
    • material necesario s.m.
    'meɪkɪŋ
    mass noun
    a) (production, creation)

    to be the making of somebody/something: her years in New York were the making of her los años que pasó en Nueva York fueron decisivos (en su vida); the merger proved to be the making of Acmeco — el éxito de Acmeco se debió a la fusión

    b) makings pl

    the makings OF something: you have the makings of a good story there allí tienes material or tienes todos los ingredientes para una buena historia; she has the makings of a great actress — es una gran actriz en ciernes

    ['meɪkɪŋ]
    N
    1) (=production) fabricación f ; (=preparation) preparación f ; (=cutting and assembling) [of clothes] confección f

    • the building has been five years in the making — llevan cinco años construyendo el edificio

    • the mistake was not of my making — no soy yo el responsable del error

    2) makings elementos mpl (necesarios), ingredientes mpl
    * * *
    ['meɪkɪŋ]
    mass noun
    a) (production, creation)

    to be the making of somebody/something: her years in New York were the making of her los años que pasó en Nueva York fueron decisivos (en su vida); the merger proved to be the making of Acmeco — el éxito de Acmeco se debió a la fusión

    b) makings pl

    the makings OF something: you have the makings of a good story there allí tienes material or tienes todos los ingredientes para una buena historia; she has the makings of a great actress — es una gran actriz en ciernes

    English-spanish dictionary > making

  • 7 религиозный эпос Рождение Эриду

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > религиозный эпос Рождение Эриду

  • 8 Eridu Genesis

    Религия: (In Mesopotamian religious literature, ancient Sumerian epic primarily concerned with the creation of the world, the building of cities, and the flood) религиозный эпос "Рождение Эриду"

    Универсальный англо-русский словарь > Eridu Genesis

  • 9 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 10 ζωογονήση

    ζωογονήσηι, ζωογόνησις
    creation of life: fem dat sg (epic)
    ζωογονέω
    propagate: aor subj mid 2nd sg
    ζωογονέω
    propagate: aor subj act 3rd sg
    ζωογονέω
    propagate: fut ind mid 2nd sg

    Morphologia Graeca > ζωογονήση

  • 11 ζωογονήσῃ

    ζωογονήσηι, ζωογόνησις
    creation of life: fem dat sg (epic)
    ζωογονέω
    propagate: aor subj mid 2nd sg
    ζωογονέω
    propagate: aor subj act 3rd sg
    ζωογονέω
    propagate: fut ind mid 2nd sg

    Morphologia Graeca > ζωογονήσῃ

  • 12 गन्धर्व


    gandharvá
    m. a Gandharva <though in later times the Gandharvas are regarded as a class, yet in RV. rarely more than one is mentioned;

    he is designated as the heavenly Gandharva ( divyág- RV. IX, 86, 36 and X, 139, 5),
    andﾠ is alsoﾠ called Viṡvā-vasu ( RV. X, 85, 21 and 22;139, 4 and 5) andﾠ Vāyu-keṡa (in pl. RV. III, 38, 6);
    his habitation is the sky, orﾠ the region of the air andﾠ the heavenly waters
    ( RV. I, 22, 14; VIII, 77, 5; IX, 85, 12; 86, 36; X, 10, 4 AV. II, 2, 3);
    his especial duty is to guard the heavenly Soma RV. IX, 83, 4 and 85, 12,
    which the gods obtain through his intervention RV. AV. VII, 73, 3 ; cf. RV. I, 22, 14 ;
    it is obtained for the human race by Indra, who conquers the Gandharva andﾠ takes it by force ( RV. VIII, 1, 11 and 77, 5);
    the heavenly Gandharva is supposed to be a good physician, because the Soma is considered as the best medicine;
    possibly, however, the word Soma originally denoted not the beverage so called, but the moon, andﾠ the heavenly Gandharva may have been the genius orﾠ tutelary deity of the moon;
    in one passage RV. IX, 86, 36 the heavenly Gandharva andﾠ the Soma are identified;
    he is alsoﾠ regarded as one of the genii who regulate the course of the Sun's horses
    i, 163, 2; X, 177, 2; cf. 135, 5 ;
    he knows andﾠ makes known the secrets of heaven andﾠ divine truths generally
    ( X, 139, 5 and 6 AV. II, 1, 2; XX, 128, 3 VS. XI, 1; XXXII, 9);
    he is the parent of the first pair of human beings, Yama andﾠ Yamī RV. X, 10, 4),
    andﾠ has a peculiar mystical power over women andﾠ a right to possess them RV. X, 85, 21 and 22; 40 and 41 ;
    for this reason he is invoked in marriage ceremonies AV. XIV, 2, 35 and 36 ;
    ecstatic states of mind andﾠ possession by evil spirits are supposed to be derived from the heavenly Gandharva (cf. - gṛihīta, - graha);
    the Gandharvas as a class have the same characteristic features as the one Gandharva;
    they live in the sky RV. AV. ṠBr. XIV,
    guard the Soma RV. IX, 113, 3 ṠBr. III AitBr. I, 27,
    are governed by Varuṇa (just as the Apsarasas are governed by Soma) ṠBr. XIII ĀṡvṠr. X, 7, 3,
    know the best medicines AV. VIII, 7, 23 VS. XII, 98,
    regulate the course of the asterisms ( AV. XIII, 1, 23 BhP. IV, 29, 21 ;
    hence twenty-seven are mentioned VS. IX, 7),
    follow after women andﾠ are desirous of intercourse with them (AV. ṠBr. III) ;
    as soon as a girl becomes marriageable, she belongs to Soma, the Gandharvas, andﾠ Agni Gṛihyās. II, 19 f. Pañcat. Suṡr. ;
    the wives of the Gandharvas are the Apsarasas
    (cf. gandharvâ̱psarás),
    andﾠ like them the Gandharvas are invoked in gambling with dice AV. VII, 109, 5 ;
    they are alsoﾠ feared as evil beings together with the Rākshasas, Kimīdins, Piṡācas, etc., amulets being worn as a protection against them ( AV. Suṡr.);
    they are said to have revealed the Vedas to Vāc
    ( ṠBr. III ; cf. PārGṛ. II, 12, 2),
    andﾠ are called the preceptors of the Ṛishis ṠBr. XI ;
    Purūravas is called among them ( ib.);
    in epic poetry the Gandharvas are the celestial musicians orﾠ heavenly singers (cf. RV. X, 177, 2)
    who form the orchestra at the banquets of the gods, andﾠ they belong together with the Apsarasas to Indra's heaven, sharing alsoﾠ in his battles;
    Yājñ. I, 71 MBh. Hariv. etc..; cf. RTL. p. 238 ;
    in the more systematic mythology the Gandharvas constitute one of the classes into which the higher creation is divided
    (i.e. gods, manes, Gandharvas AV. XI, 5, 2 ;
    orﾠ gods, Asuras, Gandharvas, men TS. VII, 8, 25, 2 ;
    cf. ṠBr. X ;
    orﾠ gods, men, Gandharvas, Apsarasas, Sarpas, andﾠ manes AitBr. III, 31, 5 ;
    for other enumerations cf. Nir. III, 8 Mn. I, 37 RTL. p. 237 ;
    III, 196; VII, 23; XII, 47 Nal. etc..);
    divine andﾠ human Gandharvas are distinguished
    ( TUp. II, 8 the divine orﾠ Deva-Gandharvas are enumerated MBh. I, 2550 ff. and 4810 ff.);
    another passage names 11 classes of Gandharvas (TĀr. I, 9, 3) ;
    the chief orﾠ leader of the Gandharvas is named Citra-ratha Bhag. X, 26 ;
    they are called the creatures of Prajāpati Mn. I, 37 ;
    orﾠ of Brahmā. Hariv. 11793 orﾠ of Kaṡyapa 11850 ;
    orﾠ of the Munis MBh. I, 2550 Hariv. 11553 ;
    orﾠ of Prādhā MBh. I, 2556 ;
    orﾠ of Arishṭā Hariv. 234 VP. I, 21 orﾠ of Vāc ( PadmaP.);
    with Jainas the Gandharvas constitute one of the eight classes of the Vyantaras>;
    N. of the attendant of the 17th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī L. ;
    a singer VarBṛS. LXXXVII, 33 BhP. I, 11, 21 ;
    the Koïl orﾠ black cuckoo L. ;
    a sage, pious man Mahīdh. on VS. XXXII, 9 ;
    a horse MBh. III, 11762 ;
    cf. II, 1043 ;
    the musk deer (derived fr. gandha) L. ;
    the soul after death andﾠ previous to its being born again (corresponding in some respects to the western notion of a ghost) L. ;
    N. of the 14th Kalpa orﾠ period of the world VāyuP. I, 21, 30 ;
    of the 21st Muhūrta Sūryapr. ;
    of a Svara orﾠ tone (for gāndhāra?) Hariv. II, 120, 4 ;
    m. pl. the Gandharvas ( seeﾠ above);
    N. of a people (named together with the Gāndhāras) R. VII, 100, 10 f. and 101, 2 ff. and 11 VarBṛS. XIV, 31 ;
    (ā) f. Durgā Hariv. II, 120, 4 (v.l. gāndharvī);
    (ī́) f. Gandharvī (daughter of Surabhi andﾠ mother of the race of horses MBh. I, 2631 f. R. III, 20, 28 f. VāyuP.)
    RV. X, 11, 2 R. ;
    night BhP. IV, 29, 21 ;
    + cf. Gk. κένταυρος fr. κενθαργγος
    - गन्धर्वकन्या
    - गन्धर्वखण्ड
    - गन्धर्वगृहीत
    - गन्धर्वग्रह
    - गन्धर्वतैल
    - गन्धर्वत्व
    - गन्धर्वदत्ता
    - गन्धर्वनगर
    - गन्धर्वपत्नी
    - गन्धर्वपद
    - गन्धर्वपुर
    - गन्धर्वराज
    - गन्धर्वर्तु
    - गन्धर्वलोक
    - गन्धर्वविद्या
    - गन्धर्वविवाह
    - गन्धर्ववेद
    - गन्धर्वहस्त
    - गन्धर्वहस्तक
    - गन्धर्वाप्सरस्
    - गन्धर्वेष्ठा

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > गन्धर्व

  • 13 शिव


    ṡivá
    mf (ā́)n. (according to Uṇ. I, 153, fr. 1. ṡī, « in whom all things lie» ;

    perhaps connected with ṡvi cf. ṡavas, ṡiṡvi) auspicious, propitious, gracious, favourable, benign, kind, benevolent, friendly, dear (ám ind. kindly, tenderly) RV. etc. etc.;
    happy, fortunate BhP. ;
    m. happiness, welfare (cf. n.) R. V, 56, 36 ;
    liberation, final emancipation L. ;
    « The Auspicious one»
    N. of the disintegrating orﾠ destroying andﾠ reproducing deity (who constitutes the third god of the Hindū Trimūrti orﾠ Triad, the other two being Brahmā. « the creator» andﾠ Vishṇu « the preserver» ;
    in the Veda the only N. of the destroying deity wss Rudra « the terrible god»,
    but in later times it became usual to give that god the euphemistic N. Ṡiva « the auspicious» <just as the Furies were called Eὐμενίδες « the gracious ones» >, andﾠ to assign him the office of creation andﾠ reproduction as well as dissolution;
    in fact the preferential worship of Ṡiva as developed in the Purāṇas andﾠ Epic poems led to his being identified with the Supreme Being by his exclusive worshippers < called Ṡaivas>;
    in his character of destroyer he is sometimes called Kāla « black», andﾠ is then alsoﾠ identified with Time, although his active destroying function is then oftener assigned to his wife under her name Kālī, whose formidable character makes her a general object of propitiation by sacrifices;
    as presiding over reproduction consequent on destruction Ṡiva's symbol is the Liṇga <q.v.> orﾠ Phallus, under which form he is worshipped all over India at the present day;
    again one of his representations is as Ardha-nārī, « half-female», the other half being male to symbolize the unity of the generative principle RTL. 85 ;
    he has three eyes, one of which is in his forehead, andﾠ which are thought to denote his view of the three divisions of time, past, present, andﾠ future, while a moon's crescent, above the central eye, marks the measure of time by months, a serpent round his neck the measure by years,
    andﾠ a second necklace of skulls with other serpents about his person, the perpetual revolution of ages, andﾠ the successive extinction andﾠ generation of the races of mankind:
    his hair is thickly matted together, andﾠ gathered above his forehead into a coil;
    on the top of it he bears the Ganges, the rush of which in its descent from heaven he intercepted by his head that the earth might not be crushed by the weight of the falling stream;
    his throat is dark-blue from the stain of the deadly poison which would have destroyed the world had it not been swallowed by him on its production at the churning of the ocean by the gods for the nectar of immortality;
    he holds a tri-ṡūla, orﾠ three-pronged trident < alsoﾠ called Pināka> in his hand to denote, as some think, his combination of the three attributes of Creator, Destroyer, andﾠ Regenerator;
    he alsoﾠ carries a kind of drum, shaped like an hour-glass, called Ḍamaru:
    his attendants orﾠ servants are called Pramatha <qq.vv.>;
    they are regarded as demons orﾠ supernatural beings of different kinds, andﾠ form various hosts orﾠ troops called Gaṇas;
    his wife Durgā <otherwise called Kālī, Pārvatī, Umā, Gaurī, Bhavāṇī etc.> is the chief object of worship with the Ṡāktas andﾠ Tāntrikas, andﾠ in this connection he is fond of dancing < seeﾠ tāṇḍava> andﾠ wine-drinking;
    he is alsoﾠ worshipped as a great ascetic andﾠ is said to have scorched the god of love (Kāma-deva) to ashes by a glance from his central eye, that deity having attempted to inflame him with passion for Pārvatī whilst he was engaged in severe penance;
    in the exercise of his function of Universal Destroyer he is fabled to have burnt up the Universe andﾠ all the gods, including Brahmā. andﾠ Vishṇu, by a similar scorching glance,
    andﾠ to have rubbed the resulting ashes upon his body, whence the use of ashes in his worship, while the use of the Rudrâksha berries originated, it is said, from the legend that Ṡiva,
    on his way to destroy the three cities, called Tri-pura, let fall some tears of rage which became converted into these beads:
    his residence orﾠ heaven is Kailāsa, one of the loftiest northern peaks of the Himâlaya;
    he has strictly no incarnations like those of Vishṇu, though Vīra-bhadra andﾠ the eight Bhairavas andﾠ Khaṇḍo-bā etc. RTL. 266 are sometimes regarded as forms of him;
    he is especially worshipped at Benares andﾠ has even more names than Vishṇu,
    one thousand andﾠ eight being specified in the 69th chapter of the Ṡiva-Purāṇa andﾠ in the 17th chapter of the Anuṡāsana-parvan of the Maha-bhārata, some of the most common being Mahā-deva, Ṡambhu, Ṡaṃkara, Īṡa, Īṡvara, Mahêṡvara, Hara;
    his sons are Gaṇêṡa andﾠ Kārttikeya) ĀṡvṠr. MBh. Kāv. etc.. RTL. 73 ;
    a kind of second Siva (with Ṡaivas), a person who has attained a partic. stage of perfection orﾠ emancipation MBh. Sarvad. ;
    ṡiva-liṅga L. ;
    any god L. ;
    a euphemistic N. of a jackal (generally ṡivā f. q.v.);
    sacred writings L. ;
    (in astron.) N. of the sixth month;
    a post for cows (to which they are tied orﾠ for them to rub against) L. ;
    bdellium L. ;
    the fragrant bark of Feronia Elephantum L. ;
    Marsilia Dentata L. ;
    a kind of thorn-apple orﾠ = puṇḍarīka (the tree) L. ;
    quicksilver L. (cf. ṡiva-bīja);
    a partic. auspicious constellation L. ;
    a demon who inflicts diseases Hariv. ;
    = ṡukra m. kāla m. vasu m. L. ;
    the swift antelope L. ;
    rum, spirit distilled from molasses L. ;
    buttermilk L. ;
    a ruby L. ;
    a peg L. ;
    time L. ;
    N. of a son of Medhâtithi MārkP. ;
    of a son of Idhma-jihva BhP. ;
    of a prince andﾠ various authors ( alsoﾠ with dīkshita, bhaṭṭa, paṇḍita, yajvan, sūri etc.) Cat. ;
    of a fraudulent person Kathās. ;
    (du.) the god Ṡiva andﾠ his wife Kir. V, 40 Pracaṇḍ. I, 20 ;
    (cf. Vām. V, 2, 1);
    pl. N. of a class of gods in the third Manvantara Pur. ;
    of a class of Brāhmans who have attained a partic. degree of perfection like that of Ṡiva MBh. ;
    (ā) f. Ṡiva's wife ( alsoﾠ ṡivī) seeﾠ ṡivā below ;
    (am) n. welfare, prosperity, bliss ( āya, éna orﾠ ébhis, « auspiciously, fortunately, happily, luckily» ;
    ṡivāyagamyatām, « a prosperous journey to you!») RV. etc. etc.;
    final emancipation L. ;
    water L. ;
    rock-salt L. ;
    sea-salt L. ;
    a kind of borax L. ;
    iron L. ;
    myrobolan L. ;
    Tabernaemontana Coronaria L. ;
    sandal L. ;
    N. of a Purāṇa (= ṡiva-purāṇa orﾠ ṡaiva) Cat. ;
    of the house in which the Pāṇḍavas were to be burnt MārkP. ;
    of a Varsha in Plaksha-dvīpa andﾠ in Jambu-dvīpa Pur. ;
    - शिवकण्ठमलिका
    - शिवकर
    - शिवकर्णामृत
    - शिवकर्णी
    - शिवकवच
    - शिवकाञ्ची
    - शिवकान्ता
    - शिवकान्ती
    - शिवकामदुघा
    - शिवकारिणी
    - शिवकिंकर
    - शिवकीर्तन
    - शिवकुण्ड
    - शिवकुसुमाञ्जलि
    - शिवकृष्ण
    - शिवकेशादिपादान्तवर्णनस्तोत्र
    - शिवकेसर
    - शिवकोपमुनि
    - शिवकोश
    - शिवक्षेत्र
    - शिवखण्ड
    - शिवगङ्गा
    - शिवगण
    - शिवगति
    - शिवगया
    - शिवगायत्री
    - शिवगीता
    - शिवगुप्तदेव
    - शिवगुरु
    - शिवघर्मज
    - शिवंकर
    - शिवचक्र
    - शिवचतुःश्लोकीव्याख्या
    - शिवचतुर्दशी
    - शिवचन्द्र
    - शिवचम्पू
    - शिवचरित्र
    - शिवचित्त
    - शिवजी
    - शिवज्ञ
    - शिवज्ञान
    - शिवज्योतिर्विद्
    - शिवतत्त्व
    - शिवतन्त्र
    - शिवतम
    - शिवतर
    - शिवता
    - शिवताण्डव
    - शिवताति
    - शिवताल
    - शिवतीर्थ
    - शिवत्व
    - शिवदण्डक
    - शिवदत्त
    - शिवदयालु
    - शिवदयासहर्स्र
    - शिवदशक
    - शिवदायिन्
    - शिवदारु
    - शिवदास
    - शिवदिश्
    - शिवदीक्षा
    - शिवदीन
    - शिवदूतिका
    - शिवदूती
    - शिवदृष्टि
    - शिवदेव
    - शिवदैव
    - शिवद्युमणिदीपिका
    - शिवद्रुम
    - शिवद्विष्टा
    - शिवधनुर्वेद
    - शिवधर्म
    - शिवधातु
    - शिवधार
    - शिवधारिणी
    - शिवध्यानपद्धति
    - शिवनक्षत्रपुरुषव्रत
    - शिवनक्षत्रमालिका
    - शिवनाथ
    - शिवनाभि
    - शिवनामावली
    - शिवनामाष्टोत्तरशत
    - शिवनारायण
    - शिवनिर्माल्यभक्षण
    - शिवनिर्वाणस्तोत्र
    - शिवपञ्चमुखध्यान
    - शिवपञ्चवदनस्तोत्र
    - शिवपञ्चाक्षरस्तोत्र
    - शिवपञ्चाक्षरी

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > शिव

  • 14 myth

    1. n миф
    2. n несуществующее, выдуманное лицо; несуществующая вещь
    Синонимический ряд:
    1. fable (noun) allegory; apologue; epic; fable; folklore; legend; lore; mythology; mythos; mythus; parable; story; tale; tradition
    2. fiction (noun) creation; falsehood; fantasy; fiction; figment; illusion; invention
    Антонимический ряд:
    fact; truth

    English-Russian base dictionary > myth

  • 15 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 16 λόγος

    λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word v. Theo Sm.pp.72,73 H., An.Ox.4.327): common in all periods in Prose and Verse, exc. Epic, in which it is found in signf. derived from λέγω (B) 111, cf.infr. VI. 1 a:
    I computation, reckoning (cf. λέγω (B) II).
    1 account of money handled,

    σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν IG12.374.191

    ; ἐδίδοσαν τὸν λ. ib.232.2;

    λ. δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων Hdt.3.142

    , cf. 143;

    οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λ. αὐτῶν οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς Lys.24.26

    ;

    λ. ἀπενεγκεῖν Arist.Ath.54.1

    ;

    ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λ. ὑπεχέτω Pl.Lg. 774b

    ;

    τὸν τῶν χρημάτων λ. παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν D.8.47

    ;

    ἀδικήματα εἰς ἀργυρίου λ. ἀνήκοντα Din.1.60

    ; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, Ev.Matt.18.23, etc.; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, Cod.Just.1.4.26.1; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H.: metaph.,

    οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν S.Aj. 477

    .
    b public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ., in Egypt, OGI188.2, 189.3, 669.38; also as title of treasurer, ib.408.4, Str.17.1.12;

    ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν λ. IPE2.29

     A ([place name] Panticapaeum); δημόσιος λ., = Lat. fiscus, OGI669.21 (Egypt, i A.D.), etc. (but later, = aerarium, Cod.Just.1.5.15); also

    Καίσαρος λ. OGI669.30

    ; κυριακὸς λ. ib.18.
    2 generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, S.OC 1225 (lyr.); δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, Hdt.8.100;

    λ. αἰτεῖν Pl.Plt. 285e

    ;

    λ. δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι Id.Prt. 336c

    , al.;

    λαμβάνειν λ. καὶ ἐλέγχειν Id.Men. 75d

    ;

    παρασχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων λ. Id.R. 344d

    ;

    λ. ἀπαιτεῖν D.30.15

    , cf. Arist. EN 1104a3; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, D.19.95;

    λ. ἐγγράψαι Id.24.199

    , al.;

    λ. ἀποφέρειν τῇ πόλει Aeschin.3.22

    , cf. Eu. Luc.16.2, Ep.Hebr.13.17;

    τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγειν Plb.15.34.2

    ; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, Plot.6.9.4; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, Arist.APo. 74b27; ἐς λ. τινός on account of,

    ἐς χρημάτων λ. Th.3.46

    , cf. Plb.5.89.6, LXX 2 Ma1.14, JRS 18.152 ([place name] Jerash); λόγῳ c. gen., by way of, Cod.Just.3.2.5. al.; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, Arist.HA 517b27;

    πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λ. Ep.Hebr.4.13

    , cf. D.Chr.31.123.
    3 measure, tale (cf. infr. 11.1),

    θάλασσα.. μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν Heraclit.31

    ;

    ψυχῆς ἐστι λ. ἑαυτὸν αὔξων Id.115

    ; ἐς τούτου (sc. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, Hdt.3.99, cf.7.9.β; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, Th.7.56, cf. Ep.Phil.4.15; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, Pl.Lg. 746e; sum, total of expenditure, IG42(1).103.151 (Epid., iv B.C.); ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ., = Lat. patrimonii modus, Cod.Just.1.5.12.20.
    4 esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (cf. infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, Heraclit.39; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν' A.Pr. 233;

    οὐ σμικροῦ λ. S.OC 1163

    : freq. in Hdt.,

    Μαρδονίου λ. οὐδεὶς γίνεται 8.102

    ;

    τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λ. 4.135

    , cf. E.Fr.94;

    περὶ ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς λ. Ar.Ra.87

    ; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with.., Hdt.1.120, cf.4.138; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, Id.1.33; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, Id.1.143, 3.146; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Lat. rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, Democr.187, etc.: usu. in neg. statements,

    οὐδένα λ. ποιήσασθαί τινος Hdt.1.4

    , cf. 13, Plb.21.14.9, etc.;

    λ. ἔχειν Hdt.1.62

    , 115;

    λ. ἴσχειν περί τινος Pl.Ti. 87c

    ;

    λ. ἔχειν περὶ τοὺς ποιητάς Lycurg.107

    ;

    λ. ἔχειν τινός D.18.199

    , Arist.EN 1102b32, Plu.Phil.18 (but also, have the reputation of.., v. infr. VI. 2 e);

    ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ποιήσασθαί τι Hdt.3.50

    ; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, Id.9.70;

    ἐν σμικρῷ λ. εἶναι Pl.R. 550a

    ; ὑμεῖς οὔτ' ἐν λ. οὔτ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, Hdt.3.120; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as.., Eus.Mynd.Fr. 59;

    σεμνὸς εἰς ἀρετῆς λ. καὶ δόξης D.19.142

    .
    II relation, correspondence, proportion,
    1 generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), Thgn.418 = 1164;

    πρὸς λόγον τοῦ σήματος A.Th. 519

    ; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, Hdt.1.134, cf. 7.36;

    κατὰ λ. τῆς ἀποφορῆς Id.2.109

    ; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, Hp.VM16, Prog.17: c. gen., κατὰ λ. τῶν πρόσθεν ib. 24;

    κατὰ λ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ar. Nu. 619

    ;

    κατὰ λ. τῆς δυνάμεως X. Cyr.8.6.11

    ;

    ἐλάττω ἢ κατὰ λ. Arist. HA 508a2

    , cf. PA 671a18;

    ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο ἐκείνη κατὰ λ. Id.Pol. 1257a31

    ; cf. εὔλογος: sts. with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to.., Hdt.1.186; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Prm. 136b, al.; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, Id.R. 353d; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, IG12.76.8; by parity of reasoning, Pl.Cra. 393c, R. 610a, al.; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, Id.Ti. 29c, Alc.2.145d; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς.. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to.. as.., Procl.in Euc.p.20 F., al.
    2 Math., ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ' ἀνάλογον λ., λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας, Theo Sm.p.73 H.), Pythag. 2;

    ἰσότης λόγων Arist.EN 113a31

    ;

    λ. ἐστὶ δύο μεγεθῶν ἡ κατὰ πηλικότητα ποιὰ σχέσις Euc.5

     Def.3;

    τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τοὺς λ. Arist.Metaph. 985b32

    , cf. 1092b14; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, Aristox.Harm.p.32 M.; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, Euc.Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, Aristox.Harm.p.34 M.;

    ἐὰν ᾖ ἰσχυροτέρα τοῦ αἰσθητηρίου ἡ κίνησις, λύεται ὁ λ. Arist.de An. 424a31

    ; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, Archyt.2; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, Pl. Ti. 37a; so

    κατὰ λ. Men.319.6

    ; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, Plb.6.30.3, 9.15.3 (but πρὸς λόγον ἐπὶ στενὸν συνάγεται narrows uniformly, Sor. 1.9, cf. Diocl.Fr.171);

    ἐπὶ λόγον IG5(1).1428

     ([place name] Messene).
    3 Gramm., analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncope, Choerob. in Theod.1.75 Gaisf., 1.377 H.;

    εἰπέ μοι τὸν λ. τοῦ Αἴας Αἴαντος, τουτέστι τὸν κανόνα An.Ox. 4.328

    .
    1 plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ.; A.Ch. 515;

    ἐξ οὐδενὸς λ. S.Ph. 731

    ;

    ἀπὸ παντὸς λ. Id.OC 762

    ;

    χὠ λ. καλὸς προσῆν Id.Ph. 352

    ;

    σὺν ἀφανεῖ λ. Id.OT 657

     (lyr., v.l. λόγων)

    ; ἐν ἀφανεῖ λ. Antipho 5.59

    ;

    ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ λ. Hdt.6.124

    ; κατὰ τίνα λ.; on what ground? Pl.R. 366b; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, Id.Prt. 343d; ἐπὶ τίνι λ.; for what reason? X.HG2.2.19; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, Aeschin.3.228; τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; what just cause is there? Pl.Grg. 512c; τίνι λ.; on what account? Act.Ap.10.29; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that.., ib.18.14; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, Pl.Ap. 31b; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, ib. 34b.
    b plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, ib. 18b, al., Arist.Rh. 1402a24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1042 (pl.); personified, ib. 886, al.;

    ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς λ. Pl.Phlb. 38a

    ;

    ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λ. αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν LXXEx.18.19

    ; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against.., Act.Ap.19.38.
    2 statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας prob. in Heraclit.50; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, Parm.8.50; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Democr.7; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, S.El. 466, Pl.Phd. 62d, etc.;

    ἔχει λ. D.44.32

    ;

    οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταβαλεῖ λ. E.Ba. 202

    ;

    δίκασον.. τὸν λ. ἀκούσας Pl.Lg. 696b

    ; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ. ib. 714d, cf. Sph. 238b, Phlb. 50a; ὡς ὁ λ. (sc. λέγει) Arist.EN 1115b12; ὡς ὁ λ. ὁ ὀρθὸς λέγει ib. 1138b20, cf. 29;

    ὁ λ. θέλει προσβιβάζειν Phld.Rh.1.41

    , cf.1.19 S.;

    οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἀκούσειε λόγου ἀποτρέποντος Arist.EN 1179b27

    ;

    λ. καθαίρων Aristo Stoic.1.88

    ; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, Phld.Mus.p.77 K.; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, Ev.Jo.5.24; ὁ προφητικὸς λ., collect., of VT prophecy, 2 Ep.Pet.1.19: pl.,

    ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα Heraclit.108

    ;

    οὐκ ἐπίθετο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λ. Ar.Nu.73

    ; of arguments leading to a conclusion ([etym.] ὁ λ.), Pl. Cri. 46b;

    τὰ Ἀναξαγόρου βιβλία γέμει τούτων τῶν λ. Id.Ap. 26d

    ; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, Arist.EN 1095a31; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. Id.APr. 24b18; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, Plot.6.8.7.
    b ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ., title of a discourse by Protagoras, D.L.9.54; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ., name of an argument, ib.23;

    ὁ αὐξόμενος λ. Plu.2.559b

    ; καταβάλλοντες (sc. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, S.E.M.7.60;

    λ. σοφιστικοί Arist.SE 165a34

    , al.;

    οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λ. Id.Rh. 1417a19

    , etc.; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ., current outside the Lyceum, Id.Ph. 217b31, al.; Δισσοὶ λ., title of a philosophical treatise (= Dialex.); Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, Ath.8.338d.
    c in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion,

    πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος Arist.APr. 24a16

    .
    d rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, Pi.O.2.22, P.1.35, N.4.31;

    πείθεσθαι τῷ λ. ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται Pl.Cri. 46b

    , cf. c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, Id.Lg. 696c; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, Arist.EN 1139a32; of the final cause,

    ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν Id.PA 639b15

    ; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου ib.18; [

    τέχνη] ἕξις μετὰ λ. ἀληθοῦς ποιητική Id.EN 1140a10

    ; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, ib. 1144b27, 1147b3, al.; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently,

    ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν Pl.Lg. 689d

    , cf. Ti. 89d; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opp. κατὰ πάθος, Arist.EN 1169a5; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, Plb.1.20.3.
    3 law, rule of conduct,

    ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ Heraclit.72

    ;

    πολλοὶ λόγον μὴ μαθόντες ζῶσι κατὰ λόγον Democr.53

    ; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, Arist.Pol. 1286a17;

    ὁ νόμος.. λ. ὢν ἀπό τινος φρονήσεως καὶ νοῦ Id.EN 1180a21

    ; ὁ νόμος.. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, Plu. 2.780c; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, Phld.Piet.30, cf. 102;

    ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λ. κοινός M.Ant.4.4

    .
    4 thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, Pl. Prt. 344b; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, Id.Phd. 100a; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, Arist.Cael. 296a20.
    5 reason, ground,

    πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε Heraclit.1

    ;

    οὕτω βαθὺν λ. ἔχει Id.45

    ; ἐκ λόγου, opp. μάτην, Leucipp. 2;

    μέγιστον σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λ. Meliss.8

    ; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for.., Pl.Grg. 465a; μετὰ λόγου

    τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας Id.Sph. 265c

    ; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) Id.Tht. 201c; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, Arist. Metaph. 1011a12;

    οἱ ἁπάντων ζητοῦντες λ. ἀναιροῦσι λ. Thphr.Metaph. 26

    .
    6 formula (wider than definition, but freq. equivalent thereto), term expressing reason,

    λ. τῆς πολιτείας Pl.R. 497c

    ; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, Id.Phdr. 245e;

    ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λ. Id.R. 343a

    ; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας ib. 534b, cf. Phd. 78d;

    τὰς πολλὰς ἐπιστήμας ἑνὶ λ. προσειπεῖν Id.Tht. 148d

    ;

    ὁ τῆς οἰκοδομήσεως λ. ἔχει τὸν τῆς οἰκίας Arist. PA 646b3

    ;

    τεθείη ἂν ἴδιον ὄνομα καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λ. Id.Metaph. 1006b5

    , cf. 1035b4;

    πᾶς ὁρισμὸς λ. τίς ἐστι Id.Top. 102a5

    ; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, Id.de An. 414b23; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, Id.Pol. 1276b24;

    πηγῆς λ. ἔχον Ph.2.477

    ; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of.., Plu.2.637d; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (cf. supr. II) of combination, Arist.PA 642a22, cf. Metaph. 993a17.
    7 reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law,

    κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα Pl.R. 500c

    ; κατ τὸν < αὐτὸν αὖ> λ. by the same law, Epich.170.18;

    ψυχῆς τὸ πᾶν τόδε διοικούσης κατὰ λ. Plot.2.3.13

    ; esp. in Stoic Philos., the divine order,

    τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν Zeno Stoic.1.24

    ; τὸ ποιοῦν τὸν ἐν [τῇ ὕλῃ] λ. τὸν θεόν ibid., cf. 42;

    ὁ τοῦ κόσμου λ. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.264

    ; λόγος, = φύσει νόμος, Stoic.2.169;

    κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λ. M.Ant.7.53

    ;

    ὁ ὀρθὸς λ. διὰ πάντων ἐρχόμενος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.4

    : so in Plot.,

    τὴν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον, ὃς ποιεῖ λ. ἄλλον γέννημα αὑτοῦ 3.8.2

    .
    b σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms,

    ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου Zeno Stoic.1.28

    : usu. in pl., Stoic. 2.205,314,al.;

    γίνεται τὰ ἐν τῷ παντὶ οὐ κατὰ σπερματικούς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λ. περιληπτικούς Plot.3.1.7

    , cf.4.4.39: so without

    σπερματικός, ὥσπερ τινὲς λ. τῶν μερῶν Cleanth.Stoic.1.111

    ;

    οἱ λ. τῶν ὅλων Ph.1.9

    .
    c in Neo-Platonic Philos., of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe,

    ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι Plot.3.8.4

    ;

    οἱ ἐν σπέρματι λ. πλάττουσι.. τὰ ζῷα οἷον μικρούς τινας κόσμους Id.4.3.10

    , cf.3.2.16,3.5.7; opp. ὅρος, Id.6.7.4;

    ἀφανεῖς λ. τῆς φύσεως Procl.

    in R.1.18 K.; τεχνικοὶ λ. ib.142 K., al.
    IV inward debate of the soul (cf.

    λ. ὃν αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ διεξέρχεται Pl.Tht. 189e

     ( διάλογος in Sph. 263e); ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opp. ὁ ἔξω λ.), Arist.APo. 76b25, 27; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opp. ὁ προφορικὸς λ., Stoic.2.43, Ph.2.154),
    1 thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opp. ἰδία φρόνησις, Heraclit. 2; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ.. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, Parm.1.36; reflection, deliberation (cf. VI.3),

    ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωυτῷ περὶ τῆς ὄψιος Hdt.1.209

    , cf. 34, S.OT 583, D.45.7; μὴ εἰδέναι.. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, Anaxag.7;

    ἃ δὴ λόγῳ μὲν καὶ διανοίᾳ ληπτά, ὄψει δ' οὔ Pl.R. 529d

    , cf. Prm. 135e;

    ὁ λ. ἢ ἡ αἴσθησις Arist.EN 1149a35

    ,al.; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opp. αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, Aristocl. ap. Eus.PE14.17: hence λόγῳ or τῷ λ. in idea, in thought,

    τῷ λ. τέμνειν Pl.R. 525e

    ; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, Arist. EN 1102a30, cf. GC 320b14, al.; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opp. sensibly perceived, Placit.1.3.5, cf. Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.20;

    τοὺς λ. θεωρητοὺς χρόνους Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.

    ; διὰ λόγου θ. χ. ib.p.10 U.;

    λόγῳ καταληπτός Phld.Po.5.20

    , etc.; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, Hdt.2.33; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, Id.3.45,6.124, cf. Pl.Cri. 48c (but, our argument shows, Lg. 663d): also c. acc. pers., χρᾶται ὅ τι μιν λ. αἱρέει as the whim took him, Hdt.1.132; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, Id.4.127, cf. Pl.R. 607b; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, Zeno Stoic.1.50, M.Ant.2.5, cf. 4.24, Arr.Epict. 2.2.20, etc.: coupled or contrasted with other functions, καθ' ὕπνον ἐπειδὴ λόγου καὶ φρονήσεως οὐ μετεῖχε since reason and understanding are in abeyance, Pl.Ti. 71d; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opp. αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, Id.Sph. 265c; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opp. μετ' αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, Id.Ti. 28a; τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ μετ' ἀληθοῦς λ., opp. τὸ δὲ ἄλογον, ib. 51e, cf. 70d, al.;

    λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν Id.Phlb. 62a

    ; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, Id.Phd. 73a;

    πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθόλου Arist.Metaph. 1059b26

    ;

    τὸ λόγον ἔχον Id.EN 1102b15

    , 1138b9, al.: in sg. and pl., contrasted by Pl. and Arist. as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sts. with depreciatory emphasis on the former,

    εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα Pl.Phd. 99e

    ; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opp. τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities), ib. 100a;

    τῇ αἰσθήσει μᾶλλον τῶν λ. πιστευτέον Arist.GA 760b31

    ; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ., opp. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, Id.Ph. 189a4; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opp. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, Id.Mete. 378b20; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opp. ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, Id.Pol. 1326a29;

    ἡ πίστις οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λ. Id.Ph. 262a19

    ;

    μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λ. Id.Pol. 1334a6

    ; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opp. perception, Id.Ph. 189a7; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opp. practice, Epicur.Sent.25; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opp. intuition, Arist.EN 1142a26, 1143b1; reasoning in general, ib. 1149a26; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, Id.Metaph. 1063b10;

    λ. καὶ φρόνησιν Phld.Mus.p.105

     K.; ὁ λ. ἢ λογισμός ibid.; τὸ ἰδεῖν οὐκέτι λ., ἀλλὰ μεῖζον λόγου καὶ πρὸ λόγου, of mystical vision, opp. reasoning, Plot.6.9.10.—Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, Pl.Ti. 30b;

    οὔκουν τόν γ' εἰκότα λ. ἂν ἔχοι Id.Lg. 647d

    ; παρὰ λόγον, opp. κατὰ λ., Arist.Rh.Al. 1429a29, cf. EN 1167b19; cf. παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, E.Ba. 940).
    2 reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [Epich.] 256; [

    θυμοειδὲς] τοῦ λ. κατήκοον Pl.Ti. 70a

    ; [

    θυμὸς] ὑπὸ τοῦ λ. ἀνακληθείς Id.R. 440d

    ; σύμμαχον τῷ λ. τὸν θυμόν ib. b;

    πειθαρχεῖ τῷ λ. τὸ τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς Arist. EN 1102b26

    ; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ. ib.17;

    ἐναντίωσις λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας Plot.4.7.13(8)

    ;

    οὐ θυμός, οὐκ ἐπιθυμία, οὐδὲ λ. οὐδέ τις νόησις Id.6.9.11

    : freq. in Stoic. Philos. of human Reason, opp. φαντασία, Zeno Stoic.1.39; opp. φύσις, Stoic.2.206; οὐ σοφία οὐδὲ λ. ἐστὶν ἐν [τοῖς ζῴοις] ibid.;

    τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὡς λ. ἔχων λ. μὴ ἔχουσι χρῶ M.Ant.6.23

    ;

    ὁ λ. κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς Arr.Epict. 1.3.3

    ;

    οἷον [εἰκὼν] λ. ὁ ἐν προφορᾷ λόγου τοῦ ἐν ψυχῇ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὴ λ. νοῦ Plot.5.1.3

    ; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (sc. εὐδαιμονίαν) Procl.in Ti.3.334 D.; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [Epich.] 257;

    τὸν θεῖον λ. καθ' Ἡράκλειτον δι' ἀναπνοῆς σπάσαντες νοεροὶ γινόμεθα S.E.M.7.129

     (cf. infr. x).
    b creative reason,

    ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν Plot.3.2.14

    ;

    ἀρχὴ οὖν λ. καὶ πάντα λ. καὶ τὰ γινόμενα κατ' αὐτόν Id.3.2.15

    ;

    οἱ λ. πάντες ψυχαί Id.3.2.18

    .
    V continuous statement, narrative (whether fact or fiction), oration, etc. (cf. λέγω (B) 11.2),
    1 fable, Hdt.1.141;

    Αἰσώπου λόγοι Pl.Phd. 60d

    , cf. Arist.Rh. 1393b8;

    ὁ τοῦ κυνὸς λ. X.Mem. 2.7.13

    .
    2 legend,

    ἱρὸς λ. Hdt.2.62

    , cf. 47, Pi.P.3.80 (pl.);

    συνθέντες λ. E.Ba. 297

    ;

    λ. θεῖος Pl.Phd. 85d

    ; ἱεροὶ λ., of Orphic rhapsodies, Suid. S.V. Ὀρφεύς.
    3 tale, story,

    ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. Xenoph. 7.1

    , cf. Th.1.97, etc.;

    συνθέτους λ. A.Pr. 686

    ; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, E.Ba. 663; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', Pl.Ap. 34e; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, Isoc.3.27: pl., histories,

    ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. Hdt.1.184

    , cf. 106, 2.99; so in sg., a historical work, Id.2.123, 6.19,7.152: also in sg., one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), Id.2.38,6.39, cf. VI.3d; so in pl.,

    ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. Id.2.161

    , cf. 1.75,5.22,7.93, 213;

    ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. Id.5.36

    ; ὁ πρῶτος λ., of St. Luke's gospel, Act.Ap.1.1: in Pl., opp. μῦθος, as history to legend, Ti. 26e;

    ποιεῖν μύθους ἀλλ' οὐ λόγους Phd. 61b

    , cf. Grg. 523a (but μῦθον λέγειν, opp. λόγῳ ( argument)

    διεξελθεῖν Prt. 320c

    , cf. 324d);

    περὶ λόγων καὶ μύθων Arist.Pol. 1336a30

    ;

    ὁ λ... μῦθός ἐστι Ael.NA4.34

    .
    4 speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc.,

    χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ Aeschin.3.57

    , cf. Arist.Rh. 1358a38;

    δικανικοὶ λ. Id.EN 1181a4

    ;

    τρία γένη τῶν λ. τῶν ῥητορικῶν, συμβουλευτικόν, δικανικόν, ἐπιδεικτικόν Id.Rh. 1358b7

    ;

    τῷ γράψαντι τὸν λ. Thphr. Char.17.8

    , cf.

    λογογράφος 11

    ; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, Pl.Mx. 236b; esp. of the body of a speech, opp. ἐπίλογος, Arist.Rh. 1420b3; opp. προοίμιον, ib. 1415a12; body of a law, opp. proem, Pl.Lg. 723b; spoken, opp. written word,

    τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι Id.Phdr. 276a

    ; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, ib. 243c; published speech, D.C.40.54; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy ([etym.] ῥήσεις), Arist.Po. 1450b6,9.
    VI verbal expression or utterance (cf. λέγω (B) 111), rarely a single word, v. infr. b, never in Gramm. signf. of vocable ([etym.] ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usu. of a phrase, cf. IX. 3 (the only sense found in [dialect] Ep.).
    a pl., without Art., talk,

    τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις Il.15.393

    ;

    αἱμύλιοι λ. Od.1.56

    , h.Merc. 317, Hes.Th. 890, Op.78, 789, Thgn.704, A.R.3.1141; ψευδεῖς Λ., personified, Hes.Th. 229;

    ἀφροδίσιοι λ. Semon.7.91

    ;

    ἀγανοῖσι λ. Pi.P. 4.101

    ; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, Id.N.8.21; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, S.Aj. 1268 (s.v.l.), El. 415; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, Id.OT 681 (lyr.): also in sg., λέγ' εἴ σοι τῷ λ. τις ἡδονή speak if thou delightest in talking, Id.El. 891.
    b sg., expression, phrase,

    πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. Id.Ant. 1245

    , cf. E.Hipp. 514;

    μυρίας ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ Hdt.2.37

    ; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, Simon.189, Arist.Metaph. 1091a8; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, Plot.4.9.3; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, Pl.Phdr. 241e, Phd. 65d; concisely, Arist. EN 1103b21 (but also, = ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ. Id.GC 325a1): pl., λ. θελκτήριοι magic words, E.Hipp. 478; rarely of single words,

    λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν Arist.Rh. 1406a36

    ; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, Ev.Matt.15.23.
    c coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc., mostly in a depreciatory sense,

    λ. ἔργου σκιή Democr. 145

    ;

    ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα λόγοις μ' ἀπατᾷς Thgn.254

    ; λόγῳ, opp. ἔργῳ, Democr.82, etc.;

    νηπίοισι οὐ λ. ἀλλὰ ξυμφορὴ διδάσκαλος Id.76

    ;

    ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι A.Pr. 338

    , cf. S.El.59, OC 782;

    λόγῳ μὲν λέγουσι.. ἔργῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀποδεικνῦσι Hdt.4.8

    ;

    οὐ λόγων, φασίν, ἡ ἀγορὴ δεῖται, χαλκῶν δέ Herod.7.49

    ;

    οὔτε λ. οὔτε ἔργῳ Lys.9.14

    ; λόγοις, opp. ψήφῳ, Aeschin.2.33; opp. νόῳ, Hdt.2.100;

    οὐ λόγῳ μαθών E.Heracl.5

    ;

    ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος Pl.Lg. 935a

    ; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα ib. 886e, cf. Luc.Anach.19;

    ἵνα μὴ λ. οἴησθε εἶναι, ἀλλ' εἰδῆτε τὴν ἀλήθειαν Lycurg.23

    , cf. D.30.34; opp. πρᾶγμα, Arist.Top. 146a4; opp. βία, Id.EN 1179b29, cf. 1180a5; opp. ὄντα, Pl.Phd. 100a; opp. γνῶσις, 2 Ep.Cor.11.6; λόγῳ in pretence, Hdt.1.205, Pl.R. 361b, 376d, Ti. 27a, al.; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words,

    ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο Id.Cri. 46d

    ; λόγου χάριν, opp. ὡς ἀληθῶς, Arist.Pol. 1280b8; but also, let us say, for instance, Id.EN 1144a33, Plb.10.46.4, Phld. Sign.29, M.Ant.4.32; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, Pl.Tht. 191c; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ., = Lat. verbo tenus, Plb.10.24.7, Epict.Ench.16: sts. without depreciatory force, the antithesis or parallelism being verbal (cf. 'word and deed'),

    λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει S.OC68

    ;

    ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λ. Pl.R. 382e

    , cf. D.S.13.101, Ev.Luc.24.19, Act.Ap.7.22, Paus.2.16.2; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opp. τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, Th. 1.22.
    2 common talk, report, tradition,

    ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην Batr. 8

    ;

    λ. ἐκ πατέρων Alc.71

    ;

    οὐκ ἔστ' ἔτυμος λ. οὗτος Stesich.32

    ;

    διξὸς λέγεται λ. Hdt.3.32

    ;

    λ. ὑπ' Αἰγυπτίων λεγόμενος Id.2.47

    ; νέον [λ.] tidings, S.Ant. 1289 (lyr.); τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, Hdt.2.148: also in pl., ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι traditions, Pl.Lg. 886b.
    b rumour,

    ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit. 87

    ; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, B.14.44; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Th.6.46; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς .. Plb.3.89.3; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι .. Ev.Jo.21.23, cf. Act.Ap.11.22; fiction, Ev.Matt.28.15.
    c mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, Hdt.4.28, cf. Plb.1.24.8, etc.; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, Hdt.2.35; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, Th. 2.50;

    μείζω ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λ. τις ἂν εἴποι D.6.11

    .
    d the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour (cf. supr. 1.4),

    πολλὰ φέρειν εἴωθε λ... πταίσματα Thgn.1221

    ;

    λ. ἐσλὸν ἀκοῦσαι Pi.I.5(4).13

    ;

    πλέονα.. λ. Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν Id.N.7.21

    ;

    ἵνα λ. σε ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθός Hdt.7.5

    , cf. 9.78; Τροίαν.. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, E.IT 517;

    οὐκ ἂν ἦν λ. σέθεν Id.Med. 541

    : less freq. in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, S. Aj. 138 (anap.), E.Heracl. 165: pl., λόγους ψιθύρους πλάσσων slanders, S.Aj. 148 (anap.).
    e λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, c. acc. et inf.,

    ἔστ τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν Simon.58.1

    , cf. S.El. 417; λ. μὲν ἔστ' ἀρχαῖος ὡς .. Id.Tr.1; λ. alone, E.Heracl.35;

    ὡς λ. A.Supp. 230

    , Pl. Phlb. 65c, etc.;

    λ. ἐστί Hdt.7.129

    ,9.26, al.;

    λ. αἰὲν ἔχει S.OC 1573

     (lyr.); ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, Th.1.10: also with a personal subject in the reverse construction. Κλεισθένης λ. ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι has the credit of.., Hdt.5.66, cf. Pl.Epin. 987b, 988b;

    λ. ἔχοντα σοφίας Ep.Col.2.23

    , v.supr.1.4.
    3 discussion, debate, deliberation,

    πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. Hdt.8.59

    ;

    συνελέχθησαν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐς τὠυτὸ καὶ ἐδίδοσαν σφίσι λόγον, λέγοντες περὶ τῶν κατηκόντων Id.1.97

    ;

    οἱ Πελασγοὶ ἑωυτοῖσι λόγους ἐδίδοσαν Id.6.138

    ;

    πολέμῳ μᾶλλον ἢ λόγοις τὰ ἐγκλήματα διαλύεσθαι Th.1.140

    ;

    οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης λ. Aeschin.2.74

    ; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, Arist.Pol. 1264b39;

    τὸ μῆκος τῶν λ. D.Chr.7.131

    ; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, Arist.EN 1097a24; ὁ παρὼν λ. ib. 1104a11; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, Pl.Ap. 26b, cf. Tht. 184a, M.Ant.8.32; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, Pl.Prt. 329c, Grg. 506a, etc.; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, Id.Lg. 893a; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, Ar.Eq. 1300: freq. in pl., ἐς λόγους συνελθόντες parley, Hdt. 1.82; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with, ib.86;

    ἐς λ. ἀπικέσθαι τινί Id.2.32

    ;

    διὰ λόγων ἰέναι E.Tr. 916

    ;

    ἐμαυτῇ διὰ λ. ἀφικόμην Id.Med. 872

    ;

    ἐς λ. ἄγειν τινά X.HG4.1.2

    ;

    κοινωνεῖν λόγων καὶ διανοίας Arist.EN 1170b12

    .
    b right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ.; S.OC 66; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, Th.3.53;

    λ. διδόναι X.HG5.2.20

    ; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον ib.1.7.5;

    λόγου τυχεῖν D.18.13

    , cf. Arist.EN 1095b21, Plb.18.52.1;

    οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες Arist.Pol. 1260b5

    ;

    δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου Trag.Adesp.304

    ;

    διδόντας λ. καὶ δεχομένους ἐν τῷ μέρει Luc.Pisc.8

    : hence, time allowed for a speech,

    ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. And.1.26

    ,al.;

    ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λ. Pl.Ap. 34a

    ;

    οὐκ ἐλάττω λ. ἀνήλωκε D.18.9

    .
    c dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate,

    ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ Pl. Cra. 430d

    ;

    πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λ. ποιεῖσθαι Id.Prt. 348a

    : hence, dialogue as a form of literature,

    οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. Arist.Po. 1447b11

    , Rh. 1417a20; cf. διάλογος.
    d section, division of a dialogue or treatise (cf. v. 3),

    ὁ πρῶτος λ. Pl.Prm. 127d

    ; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ., Id.Phlb. 18e, 19b;

    ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λ. Arist.PA 682a3

    ; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. Ph.bk.8), Id.GC 318a4;

    ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐπαίνου λ. Phld.Rh.1.219

    ; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy,

    τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ., τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.258

    .
    e in pl., literature, letters, Pl.Ax. 365b, Epin. 975d, D.H.Comp.1,21 (but, also in pl., treatises, Plu.2.16c);

    οἱ ἐπὶ λόγοις εὐδοκιμώτατοι Hdn.6.1.4

    ; Λόγοι, personified, AP9.171 (Pall.).
    VII a particular utterance, saying:
    1 divine utterance, oracle, Pi.P.4.59;

    λ. μαντικοί Pl. Phdr. 275b

    ;

    οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λ. Pl.Ap. 20e

    ;

    ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Apoc.1.2

    ,9.
    2 proverb, maxim, saying, Pi.N.9.6, A.Th. 218; ὧδ' ἔχει λ. ib. 225; τόνδ' ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς .. Critias 21, cf. Pl.R. 330a, Ev.Jo.4.37;

    ὁ παλαιὸς λ. Pl.Phdr. 240c

    , cf. Smp. 195b, Grg. 499c, Lg. 757a, 1 Ep.Ti.1.15, Plu.2.1082e, Luc.Alex.9, etc.;

    τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο Herod.2.45

    , cf. D.Chr.66.24, Luc.JTr.3, Alciphr.3.56, etc.: pl., Arist.EN 1147a21.
    3 assertion, opp. oath, S.OC 651; ψιλῷ λ. bare word, opp. μαρτυρία, D.27.54.
    4 express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, Hdt.1.141,al.; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ' ᾧ τε .. on the following terms, Id.7.158, cf. 9.26;

    ἐνδέξασθαι τὸν λ. Id.1.60

    , cf. 9.5; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, Id.7.158: freq. in pl., terms, conditions, Id.9.33, etc.
    5 word of command, behest, A.Pr.17,40 (both pl.), Pers. 363;

    ἀνθρώπους πιθανωτέρους ποιεῖν λόγῳ X.Oec.13.9

    ;

    ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Ev.Matt.8.16

    ; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten Commandments, LXX Ex.34.28, Ph.1.496.
    VIII thing spoken of, subject-matter (cf. 111.1 b and 2),

    λ. τοῦτον ἐάσομεν Thgn.1055

    ; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, Hdt.1.21, cf. 111; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, ib.95, 116; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret, ib. 127;

    μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λ. τοῦτον εῐπῃς Id.8.65

    ; τίς ἦν λ.; S.OT 684 ( = πρᾶγμα, 699); περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, Pl.Prt. 314c; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, Arist.Rh. 1415a12, cf. 111.1b; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that.., Aeschin.3.124;

    οὐκ ἔστεξε τὸν λ. Plb.8.12.5

    ;

    οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λ. τούτῳ Act.Ap.8.21

    ;

    ἱκανὸς αὐτῷ ὁ λ. Pl.Grg. 512c

    ; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, Arist.Rh. 1418a35;

    μηδένα λ. ὑπολιπεῖν Isoc.4.146

    ; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite,

    οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. Pl.Phlb. 42e

    , cf. Prt. 344a;

    ἐὰν πρὸς λ. τι ᾖ Id.Phlb. 33c

    ; also

    πρὸς λόγου Id.Grg. 459c

     (s. v.l.).
    2 plot of a narrative or dramatic poem, = μῦθος, Arist.Po. 1455b17, al.
    b in Art, subject of a painting,

    ζωγραφίας λόγοι Philostr.VA 6.10

    ;

    λ. τῆς γραφῆς Id.Im.1.25

    .
    3 thing talked of, event,

    μετὰ τοὺς λ. τούτους LXX 1 Ma.7.33

    , cf. Act.Ap.15.6.
    IX expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ., opp. διάνοια, Pl.Sph. 263e; intelligent utterance, opp. φωνή, Arist.Pol. 1253a14;

    λ. ἐστὶ φωνὴ σημαντικὴ κατὰ συνθήκην Id.Int. 16b26

    , cf. Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213; ὅθεν (from the heart)

    ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται Stoic.2.228

    , cf. 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, Hsch. ap. Sch.Pl.R. 600c, Suid.;

    λόγου πειθοῖ Democr.181

    : in pl., eloquence, Isoc.3.3,9.11;

    τὴν ἐν λόγοις εὐρυθμίαν Epicur.Sent.Pal.5p.69

     v. d. M.; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, Ar.Nu. 130 (pl.), cf. Arist.Rh. 1418b1;

    τοῦ μὴ ᾀδομένου λ. Pl.R. 398d

    ; ἡδυσμένος λ., of rhythmical language set to music, Arist.Po. 1449b25; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, 1 Ep.Cor.1.5; ἐν λόγοις in orations, Arist.Po. 1459a13; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, Id.SE 182b15, Pol. 1336b14.
    2 of various modes of expression, esp. artistic and literary,

    ἔν τε ᾠδαῖς καὶ μύθοις καὶ λόγοις Pl.Lg. 664a

    ;

    ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς X.Cyr.1.4.25

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 835b; prose, opp. ποίησις, Id.R. 390a; opp. ψιλομετρία, Arist.Po. 1448a11; opp. ἔμμετρα, ib. 1450b15 (pl.); τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (sc. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον)

    ὁμοιότατον εἶναι Id.Rh. 1404a31

    ; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, ib. b33 (but ψιλοὶ λ., = arguments without diagrams, Pl.Tht. 165a); λ. πεζοί, opp. ποιητική, D.H.Comp.6; opp. ποιήματα, ib.15;

    κοινὰ καὶ ποιημάτων καὶ λόγων Phld.Po.5.7

    ; πεζὸς λ. ib.27, al.
    b of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words,

    τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν.. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ Pl.R. 398d

    ; opp. πρᾶξις, Arist.Po. 1454a18; dramatic dialogue, opp. τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, ib. 1449a17.
    3 Gramm., phrase, complex term, opp. ὄνομα, Id.SE 165a13; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun- phrase, Id.APo. 93b30, cf. Rh. 1407b27; expression, D.H.Th.2, Demetr.Eloc.92.
    b sentence, complete statement, "

    ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς.. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον Pl.Sph. 262c

    ;

    λ. αὐτοτελής A.D.Synt.3.6

    , D.T.634.1; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, Pl.Tht. 202b; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed, ib. 201e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1404b26.
    c language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.31, S.E.M.9.350, etc.;

    τὰ μόρια τοῦ λ. D.H.Comp.6

    ;

    μέρος λ. D.T.633.26

    , A.D.Pron.4.6, al. (but ἓν μέρος <τοῦ cod.> λόγου one word, Id.Synt.340.10, cf. 334.22); περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ., title of work by Chrysippus.
    X the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government,

    ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. LXX Wi.18.15

    ;

    ὁ ἐκ νοὸς φωτεινὸς λ. υἱὸς θεοῦ Corp.Herm.1.6

    , cf. Plu.2.376c; λ. θεοῦ δι' οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] Ph.1.162; τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεοῦ λ. ib.56; λ. θεῖος.. εἰκὼν θεοῦ ib. 561, cf. 501; τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων [θεοῦ] λ. ib. 492; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ. ib. 122: in NT identified with the person of Christ,

    ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. Ev.Jo.1.1

    , cf. 14, 1 Ep.Jo.2.7, Apoc.19.13;

    ὁ λ. τῆς ζωῆς 1 Ep.Jo.1.1

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λόγος

См. также в других словарях:

  • Epic of Creation —    One of the major ancient Mesopotamian myths and epic poems, describing the primeval battle between cosmic order and chaos and celebrating the rise to power of Marduk, chief god of Babylonian civilization. The work was known as the Enuma Elish… …   Ancient Mesopotamia dictioary

  • Epic Skate Park — is the largest indoor skatepark in Europe. It is located in the Moseley area of Birmingham, England. The skatepark officially opened in October 2001 in a former bus depot and since then has undergone much building and development work. For… …   Wikipedia

  • Epic Magazine — Epic Comics Création 1980 Epic Illustrated 1992 Epic Comics Fondateurs Jim Shooter Activité édition …   Wikipédia en Français

  • CREATION AND COSMOGONY IN THE BIBLE — The Hebrew Bible commences with a majestic cosmological account of the genesis of the universe. According to Genesis 1:1–2:4a (the P account according to the documentary hypothesis), God created the world in six days and rested on the seventh day …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • epic poetry —    In ancient Mesopotamia, epic poetry consisted of literary works that were generally long, explored major myths or heroic legends, and dealt thematically with weighty issues such as the origins of the world and humanity, the relationship of… …   Ancient Mesopotamia dictioary

  • Creation, Man and the Messiah — is the title of an epic poem written by the Norwegian poet Henrik Wergeland in 1829. The scale of the poem invited criticism, especially by Wergeland s counterpart, Johan Sebastian Welhaven. In 1845, while on his deathbed, Wergeland revised the… …   Wikipedia

  • Creation according to Genesis — refers to the Hebrew narrative of the creation of the heavens and the earth as told in chapters 1 and 2 of Genesis, the first book of the Pentateuch. The text The modern division of the Bible into chapters dates from c.1200 AD, and the division… …   Wikipedia

  • EPIC magasine — Epic Magazine Epic Comics Création 1980 Epic Illustrated 1992 Epic Comics Fondateur(s) …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Epic Comics — Epic Magazine Epic Comics Création 1980 Epic Illustrated 1992 Epic Comics Fondateur(s) …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Epic MegaGames — Epic Games Logo de Epic Games Dates clés 1991 (création) Personnages clés Tim Sweeney (Fondateur/CEO) Mark Rein (Fondateur/Vice Président) Mike Capps (Président) Cliff Bleszinski (Designer en chef) …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Epic Kamboja, Iranian Kambujiya — Epic Mahabharata refers to a king or warrior whom it calls Kamboja. The name appears in the long list of important monarchs and other celebrated personages of remote antiquity all connected with the tradition of Daivi Khadga or Divine Sword… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»